WO2004078750A1 - Tetrahydropyran compounds as tachykinin antagonists - Google Patents

Tetrahydropyran compounds as tachykinin antagonists Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2004078750A1
WO2004078750A1 PCT/GB2004/000918 GB2004000918W WO2004078750A1 WO 2004078750 A1 WO2004078750 A1 WO 2004078750A1 GB 2004000918 W GB2004000918 W GB 2004000918W WO 2004078750 A1 WO2004078750 A1 WO 2004078750A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
phenyl
trifluoromethyl
alkyl
bis
ethoxy
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/GB2004/000918
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Olivier Dirat
Jason Matthew Elliott
Ian Thomas Huscroft
Richard Alexander Jelley
Janusz Jozef Kulagowski
Piotr Antoni Raubo
Duncan Edward Shaw
Francine Sternfeld
Christopher John Swain
Original Assignee
Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from GB0305283A external-priority patent/GB0305283D0/en
Priority claimed from GB0305282A external-priority patent/GB0305282D0/en
Priority claimed from GB0305280A external-priority patent/GB0305280D0/en
Priority claimed from GB0305281A external-priority patent/GB0305281D0/en
Priority claimed from GB0305279A external-priority patent/GB0305279D0/en
Priority claimed from GB0305823A external-priority patent/GB0305823D0/en
Priority claimed from GB0305822A external-priority patent/GB0305822D0/en
Priority to EP04717163A priority Critical patent/EP1603901B1/en
Priority to JP2006505915A priority patent/JP2006519822A/en
Priority to CA002517422A priority patent/CA2517422A1/en
Priority to DE602004017141T priority patent/DE602004017141D1/en
Application filed by Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited filed Critical Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited
Priority to US10/548,678 priority patent/US7393858B2/en
Priority to AU2004218228A priority patent/AU2004218228A1/en
Publication of WO2004078750A1 publication Critical patent/WO2004078750A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/04Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/08Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for nausea, cinetosis or vertigo; Antiemetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/06Antimigraine agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/22Anxiolytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/24Antidepressants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/06Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D407/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D405/00
    • C07D407/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D405/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D407/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D405/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D491/00Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00
    • C07D491/02Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed ring system both one or more rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms and one or more rings having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D459/00, C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D489/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D491/10Spiro-condensed systems

Definitions

  • This invention relates to a class of tetrahydropyran compounds which are useful as tachykinin antagonists. More particularly, the compounds of the invention are useful as neurokinin 1 (NK-1) receptor antagonists.
  • NK-1 neurokinin 1
  • the present invention provides compounds of the formula (I):
  • W represents:
  • R 1 is hydrogen, halogen, C 1- ⁇ alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, fluoro -galkyl, fluoroC w alkoxy, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylC 1-4 alkyl, NO 2 , CN, SR a , SOR a , SO 2 R a , CO 2 R a , CONR a R b , C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl or C 1-4 alkyl substituted by C 1- alkoxy, wherein R a and R b each independently represent hydrogen or C 1- alkyl;
  • R 2 is hydrogen, halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, fluoro -ealkyl or substituted by C 1-4 alkoxy;
  • R 3 is hydrogen, halogen or fluoroC 1-6 alkyl
  • R 4 is hydrogen, halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy, fluoroC 1-6 alkyl, fluoroC 1-6 alkoxy, hydroxy, NO 2 , CN, SR a , SOR a , SO 2 R a , CO 2 R a , CONR a R b , C -6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl or C 1-4 alkyl substituted by C 1-4 alkoxy, wherein R a and R are as previously defined;
  • R 5 is hydrogen, halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, fluoroC 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 alkoxy substituted by C 1-4 alkoxy;
  • R 6 represents hydrogen or a C ⁇ -4 alkyl group optionally substituted by a hydroxy group
  • R represents hydrogen, ⁇ all-vl, fluoroC 1-6 alkyl, hydroxy, C 1-6 alkoxy or hydroxyC ⁇ -6 alkyl ;
  • R and R each independently represent hydrogen, halogen, C 1-6 alkyl, CH 2 OR c , oxo, CO 2 R a or CONR a R where R a and R b are as previously defined and R c represents hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl or phenyl; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; wherein when W is
  • A represents an oxygen atom or a CH 2 group
  • B represents an oxygen atom or a CH 2 group, with the proviso that when A is an oxygen atom, B is a CH 2 group, and when A is a CH 2 group, B is an oxygen atom
  • n is 1 or 2
  • m is 1, 2 or 3, with the proviso that the sum total of m + n is 2, 3 or 4;
  • R 10 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, C 1- alkyl, C 3- cycloalkyl, C 3- cycloalkylC 1- alkyl, hydroxyC ⁇ - alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxyC 1- alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl or C 2-6 alkynyl;
  • R 10 is hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3- cycloalkylC 1-4 alkyl, C 2-4 alkyl substituted by a C ⁇ alkoxy or hydroxyl group;
  • R u is hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl, C 3- cycloalkyl, C 3- cycloalkylC 1- alkyl, or C 1-4 alkyl substituted by C ⁇ - alkoxy, hydroxyl or phenyl, wherein said phenyl group is optionally substituted by one, two or three substituents selected from C 1-6 alkyl, - 6 alkoxy, halogen and trifluoromethyl; or R 10 , R u and the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a heteroaliphatic ring of 4 to 7 ring atoms, optionally substituted by one or two groups selected from hydroxy, COR e , CO 2 R e , C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted by a C 1- alkoxy or hydroxyl group, or C ⁇ -4 alkoxy optionally substituted by a C 1-4 .alkoxy or hydroxyl group, which heteroaliphatic ring may optionally contain an oxygen or sulphur ring atom, a group S
  • A represents NR 12 or S(O) q ;
  • B represents NR 12 or S(O) q , with the proviso that when A is S(O) q , then B is NR 12 , and when A is NR 12 , then B is S(O) q ;
  • R a is as previously defined, or, where they are attached to adjacent carbon atoms, R and R may together represent -OCH 2 CH 2 - or -OCH 2 CH(OH)-, or R 10 and R 11 may together form a fused benzene ring; or, R 10 and R u together form a .ialkylene bridge across the pyrrolidine, piperidine, morpholine or piperazine ring to which they are attached;
  • R 12 represents hydrogen, benzyl, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3- 7cycloalkyl, Cs ⁇ cycloalkyl ⁇ alkyl, COC 1-6 alkyl, CO 2 C 1-6 alkyl or C 2- alkyl substituted by a C 1-4 alkoxy or hydroxyl group;
  • R 13 represents hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, C ⁇ -4 alkyl, hydroxyC 1-4 alkyl or fluoroC 1- alkyl; m is 1 or 2; p is 1, 2 or 3; and q is zero, 1 or 2; wherein when W is
  • R 11 represents hydrogen, benzyl, C 1- alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylC ⁇ -4 alkyl, or C 2- alkyl substituted by a C 1- alkoxy or hydroxyl group; m is zero, 1 or 2; n is zero or 1, with the proviso that the sum total of m + n is 1, 2 or 3, and with the further proviso that when m is 2 then n is 1; and p is zero, 1 or 2; wherein when W is
  • X represents -CHF-, -CF 2 -, -CH(OH)- or -CH(OC 1-4 alkyl)-;
  • Y represents -NR . 13T R J 14 or a group selected from:
  • Z represents O, S, SO, SO 2 or NR 1 1 2.
  • R ⁇ 10 represents hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, C 1- alkoxy or fluoroC ⁇ -4 alkoxy;
  • R 12 represents C 1-6 alkyl, COC 1-6 alkyl, CO 2 C 1-6 alkyl;
  • R 13 and R 14 each independently represent hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl or fluoroC 1-6 alkyl, wherein said alkyl or cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted with a group selected from hydroxy, C 1-4 alkoxy, -NHCOC 1-4 alkyl or -NHCO 2 C ⁇ . 4 alkyl; m is 1 or 2; n is 1 or 2; and p is 1 or 2; wherein when W is
  • R , ⁇ o represents halogen, hydroxy, C 1-4 alkoxy or fluoroC 1- alkoxy, or where p is
  • R 11 represents hydrogen, benzyl, C 1-6 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkylC 1- alkyl, COC 1-6 alkyl, CO Ci- 6 alkyl or C 2-4 alkyl substituted by a C -4 alkoxy or hydroxyl group;
  • R 12 represents hydrogen, fluorine, hydroxy, C 1- alkoxy, or R 12 is linked to R 11 such that there is formed a ring, the linkage -R 12 -R u - being selected from:
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 and R 9 as hereinbefore defined, and A, B, R 10 , R 11 , m and n are as hereinbefore defined as for when W is
  • a preferred class of compounds of formula (la) is that wherein R 1 is hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, halogen or CF 3 .
  • R is hydrogen, C ⁇ alkyl, C 1- alkoxy, halogen or CF 3 .
  • a particularly preferred class of compounds of formula (la) is that wherein R 1 is fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF3.
  • R 2 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF3.
  • R 1 and R 2 are in the 3 and 5 positions of the phenyl ring.
  • R 1 is 3-fluoro, 3-chloro, 3-methyl or 3-CF 3 .
  • R 2 is 5-fluoro, 5-chloro, 5-methyl or 5-CF 3 .
  • R is hydrogen
  • R is 3-F or 3-CF 3
  • R is 5-CF 3
  • R is hydrogen
  • a further preferred class of compound of formula (la) is that wherein R 4 is fluorine or hydrogen.
  • R 5 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine or CF 3 .
  • R 4 is hydrogen or 3-fluoro and R 5 is hydrogen or 4-fluoro.
  • R 6 is preferably C 1- alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxy.
  • R 6 is preferably a methyl or hydroxymethyl group.
  • Another preferred class of compound of formula (la) is that wherein R 7 is hydrogen or methyl, and especially hydrogen.
  • a further preferred class of compound of formula (la) is that wherein one of ft Q 5£ 0
  • R and R is hydrogen, and especially wherein R and R are both hydrogen atoms.
  • Another preferred class of compound of formula (la) is that wherein R 10 represents hydroxy, C 1-4 alkyl or C 1- alkoxy.
  • a further preferred class of compound of formula (la) is that wherein R ,1 l 1 represents hydrogen or methyl.
  • a particularly preferred class of compound of formula (la) is that wherein R 10 represents hydroxy and R ⁇ represents hydrogen or methyl (especially hydrogen), where both R 10 and R ⁇ are attached to the same carbon atom, or alternatively R 10 and R 1 together represent an oxo group.
  • a further preferred class of compound of formula (la) is that wherein A is CH 2 and B is an oxygen atom.
  • A is CH 2 and B is an oxygen atom it is preferred that the groups R 10 and R 11 are not adjacent to B.
  • Another preferred class of compound of formula (la) is that wherein n is 2 and m is 2.
  • n is 1 and m is 3; or n is 1 and m is 2; or n is 1 and m is 1.
  • a 1 is fluorine or CF 3 ;
  • a 2 is fluorine or CF 3 ;
  • a 3 is hydrogen or fluorine
  • a 4 is hydrogen, fluorine or bromine
  • a > 5 3 is methyl or hydroxymethyl; and A, B, R 10 and R are as defined in relation to formula (la).
  • Another favoured group of compounds of the formula (la) are those of the formula (lab) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
  • R 1 is fluorine or trifluoromethyl
  • R 2 is fluorine or trifluoromethyl
  • R 3 is methyl or hydroxymethyl
  • R 4 is hydrogen or fluorine
  • R 5 is hydrogen or fluorine; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • a preferred class of compounds of formula (lab) is that wherein R 1 is trifluoromethyl.
  • Another preferred class of compounds of formula (lab) is that wherein R 2 is trifluoromethyl.
  • a further preferred class of compound of formula (lab) is that wherein R 4 is fluorine.
  • Another preferred class of compounds of formula (lab) is that wherein R 5 is hydrogen.
  • Another preferred class of compound of formula (lab) is that wherein X is CHOH.
  • a 1 is hydrogen or fluorine, especially hydrogen; and A 2 is hydrogen or fluorine, especially fluorine.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are hereinbefore defined;
  • R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , m, n and p are as hereinbefore defined as for when W is
  • a preferred class of compounds of formula (R) is that wherein R 1 is hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, halogen or CF 3 .
  • R is hydrogen, C 1- alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, halogen or CF 3 .
  • a particularly preferred class of compounds of formula (lb) is that wherein R 1 is fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF 3 .
  • R 2 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF 3 .
  • R 3 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF 3 .
  • R and R are in the 3 and 5 positions of the phenyl ring.
  • R 1 is 3-fluoro, 3-chloro, 3-methyl or 3-CF 3 .
  • R 2 is 5-fluoro, 5-chloro, 5-methyl or 5-CF 3 .
  • R 3 is hydrogen.
  • R 1 is 3-F or 3-CF 3
  • R 2 is 5-CF 3
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • a further preferred class of compound of formula (lb) is that wherein R 4 is hydrogen or fluorine.
  • R 5 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine or CF 3 .
  • R 4 is hydrogen or 3-fluoro and R 5 is hydrogen or 4-fluoro.
  • R 6 is preferably C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxy.
  • R 6 is preferably a methyl or hydroxymethyl group. Most especially, R 6 is a methyl group.
  • a further preferred class of compounds of formula (lb) is that wherein R 10 is hydrogen, C 1- alkyl or a C 2-4 alkyl group substituted by a hydroxyl or C 1-2 alkoxy group.
  • Another preferred class of compounds of formula (lb) is that wherein R is hydrogen, C 1- alkyl, or a benzyl group.
  • R 10 and R 11 are linked so that, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, they form a heteroaliphatic ring
  • suitable rings include azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperazino or a piperazino group substituted on the nitrogen atom by a C 1-4 alkyl group or a C 2-4 alkyl group substituted by a hydroxy or C 1-2 alkoxy group.
  • Particularly preferred heteroaliphatic rings formed by -NR 10 R ⁇ are azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, morpholine, piperazine and N-methylpiperazine.
  • Another preferred class of compounds of formula (lb) is that wherein R is methyl.
  • Another preferred class of compounds of formula (lb) is that wherein m is zero or 1 and n is 1 or 2. Most preferably, m is zero and n is 2.
  • Yet another preferred class of compounds of formula (lb) is that wherein p is zero.
  • a further preferred class of compounds of formula (lb) is that wherein q is zero.
  • each group may replace any of the hydrogen atoms in the (CH 2 ) m and (CF£ 2 ) n groups.
  • the -CH -NR 10 R n moiety may replace a hydrogen atom in either of the (CH ) m and (CH 2 ) n groups.
  • a 1 is fluorine or CF 3 ;
  • a 2 is fluorine or CF 3 ;
  • a 3 is fluorine or hydrogen
  • a 4 is fluorine or hydrogen
  • a 5 is methyl
  • R 10 , R ⁇ , R 12 , m, n and p are as defined in relation to formula (lb).
  • R , R , R , R and R are as hereinbefore defined;
  • A, B, R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , m, p and q are as hereinbefore defined as for when W is
  • a preferred class of compounds of formula (Ic) is that wherein R 1 is hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, halogen or CF 3 .
  • R is hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1- alkoxy, halogen or CF 3 .
  • a particularly preferred class of compounds of formula (Ic) is that wherein R 1 is fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF 3 .
  • R is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF 3 .
  • R and R are in the 3 and 5 positions of the phenyl ring.
  • R 1 is 3-fluoro, 3-chloro, 3-methyl or 3-CF .
  • R 2 is 5-fluoro, 5-chloro, 5-methyl or 5-CF 3 .
  • R 3 is hydrogen.
  • R 1 is 3-F or 3-CF 3
  • R 2 is 5-CF 3
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • a further preferred class of compound of formula (Ic) is that wherein R 4 is hydrogen or fluorine.
  • R 5 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine or CF 3 .
  • R 4 is hydrogen or 3-fluoro and R 5 is hydrogen or 4-fluoro.
  • R is preferably C 1-4 alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxy.
  • R is preferably a methyl or hydroxymethyl group.
  • R 6 is a methyl group.
  • Another preferred class of compounds of formula (Ic) is that wherein R , 10 i ⁇ s hydrogen, hydroxy, C 1-2 alkyl substituted by hydroxy, C 1- alkoxy (especially methoxy) or CO 2 R e (where R e is hydrogen, methyl ethyl or benzyl). Particularly preferred are compounds of formula (Ic) where R 10 is hydrogen.
  • a further pre erred class of compounds of formula (Ic) is that wherein R 1 is hydrogen or C 1- alkyl (especially methyl). Particularly preferred are compounds of formula (I) where R 11 is hydrogen.
  • R 10 and R 11 are preferably attached to the same carbon atom thus forming a moiety of the formula CR 10 R ⁇ . Where R 10 and R 11 are attached to the same carbon atom they may, in particular, together represent -C(O)OCH 2 CH 2 -.
  • R preferably represents hydrogen, methyl or ethyl.
  • Another preferred class of compounds of formula (Ic) is that wherein R is methyl.
  • a further preferred class of compounds of formula (Ic) is that wherein n is zero.
  • a further preferred class of compounds of formula (Ic) is that wherein A is NR 12 andB is S(O) q .
  • q is zero.
  • a 1 is fluorine or CF 3 ;
  • a 2 is fluorine or CF 3 ;
  • A is fluorine or hydrogen
  • a 4 is fluorine or hydrogen
  • a 5 is methyl
  • A, B, R 10 and R 11 are as defined in relation to formula (Ic).
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are as hereinbefore defined;
  • R .10 , ⁇ R>ll , m, n and p are as hereinbefore defined as for when W is
  • a preferred class of compounds of formula (Id) is that wherein R 1 is hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, halogen or CF 3 .
  • R 2 is hydrogen, C 1- alkyl, C ⁇ -4 alkoxy, halogen or CF 3 .
  • a particularly preferred class of compounds of formula (Id) is that wherein R 1 is fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF 3 .
  • R 2 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF 3 .
  • R 3 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF 3 .
  • R and R are in the 3 and 5 positions of the phenyl ring.
  • R 1 is 3-fluoro, 3-chloro, 3-methyl or 3-CF 3 .
  • R 2 is 5-fluoro, 5-chloro, 5-methyl or 5-CF 3 .
  • R 3 is hydrogen.
  • R 1 is 3-F or 3-CF 3
  • R 2 is 5-CF 3
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • a ffuurtrthheerr pprreef] erred class of compound of formula (Id) is that wherein R 4 is hydrogen or fluorine.
  • R 5 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine or CF 3 .
  • R 4 is hydrogen or 3-fluoro and R 5 is hydrogen or 4-fluoro.
  • R is preferably C 1- alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxy.
  • R is preferably a methyl or hydroxymethyl group.
  • R 6 is a methyl group.
  • R 11 preferably represents hydrogen, methyl or ethyl.
  • Another preferred class of compounds of formula (Id) is that wherein R is methyl.
  • Another preferred class of compounds of formula (Id) is that wherein m is zero or 1 and n is zero or 1, and the sum total of m + n is 1. Most preferably, m is zero and n is l.
  • a further preferred class of compound of formula (Id) is that wherein m is 2 and n is 1.
  • Yet another preferred class of compounds of formula (Id) is that wherein p is zero.
  • a further preferred class of compounds of formula (Id) is that wherein q is zero.
  • each group may replace any of the hydrogen atoms in the (CH 2 ) m and (CH 2 ) n groups.
  • a 2 is fluorine or CF 3 ;
  • a 3 is fluorine or hydrogen;
  • a 4 is fluorine or hydrogen;
  • a 5 is methyl;
  • R 1 , R 11 , m, n and p are as defined in relation to formula (Id).
  • Another favoured group of the compounds of the present invention are those of formula (le) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are as hereinbefore defined;
  • X, Y, Z, R 10 , R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , m, n and p are as hereinbefore defined as for when W is
  • a preferred class of compounds of formula (le) is that wherein X is -CH(OH)-.
  • Another preferred class of compounds of formula (le) is that wherein Y is -NR 13 R 14 (wherein R 13 and R 14 are preferably hydrogen or C 1- alkyl) or the group
  • R 10 and R 11 are preferably hydrogen and m is 1 or 2, and especially 2.
  • a further preferred class of compounds of formula (le) is that wherein Z is O, S or NR 12 , especially where R 12 is a C 1- alkyl group, such as methyl or ethyl.
  • a preferred class of compounds of formula (le) is that wherein R 1 is hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, halogen or CF 3 .
  • R 2 is hydrogen, C h alky!, C 1- alkoxy, halogen or CF 3 .
  • a particularly preferred class of compounds of formula (le) is that wherein R 1 is fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF 3 .
  • R 2 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF 3 .
  • R 3 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF 3 .
  • R and R are in the 3 and 5 positions of the phenyl ring.
  • R 1 is 3-fluoro, 3-chloro, 3-methyl or 3-CF 3 .
  • R 2 is 5-fluoro, 5-chloro, 5-methyl or 5-CF 3 .
  • R is hydrogen
  • R 1 is 3-F or 3-CF 3
  • R 2 is 5-CF 3
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • a further preferred class of compound of formula (le) is that wherein R 4 is hydrogen or fluorine.
  • R 5 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine or CF 3 .
  • R 4 is hydrogen or 3-fluoro and R 5 is hydrogen or 4-fluoro.
  • R 6 is preferably C 1- alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxy.
  • R 6 is preferably a methyl or hydroxymethyl group. Most especially, R 6 is a methyl group.
  • Another preferred class of compounds of formula (le) is that wherein R 8 is methyl.
  • a further preferred class of compounds of formula (le) is that wherein R is methyl, ethyl, acetyl, methoxycarbonyl or ethoxycarbonyl.
  • R and R 15 each independently represent hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl, and especially, methyl.
  • Another preferred class of compounds of formula (le) is that wherein m is 2.
  • a further preferred class is that wherein m is 2 and n is 2.
  • Yet another preferred class of compounds of formula (le) is that wherein p is
  • a further preferred class of compounds of formula (le) is that wherein q is zero.
  • R 10 and R 11 may replace any of the hydrogen atoms in the (CH ) m and (CH 2 ) P groups in the rings to which they are attached.
  • a 1 is fluorine or CF 3 ;
  • a 2 is fluorine or CF 3 ;
  • a 3 is fluorine or hydrogen
  • a 4 is fluorine or hydrogen
  • a 5 is methyl
  • X and Y are as defined in relation to formula (le).
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 and R 6 are as hereinbefore defined;
  • a preferred class of compounds of formula (If) is that wherein R 1 is hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, halogen or CF 3 .
  • R 2 is hydrogen, C 1-4 alkyl, C 1- alkoxy, halogen or CF 3 .
  • a particularly preferred class of compounds of formula (If) is that wherein R 1 is fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF 3 .
  • Another particularly preferred class of compounds of formula (If) is that wherein R is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF3.
  • R 3 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF 3 .
  • R 1 and R 2 are in the 3 and 5 positions of the phenyl ring. More preferably R 1 is 3-fluoro, 3-chloro, 3-methyl or 3-CF 3 .
  • R 2 is 5-fluoro, 5-chloro, 5-methyl or 5-CF 3 .
  • R 3 is hydrogen.
  • R 1 is 3-F or 3-CF 3
  • R 2 is 5-CF 3
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • a further preferred class of compound of formula (If) is that wherein R 4 is hydrogen or fluorine.
  • R 5 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine or CF 3 .
  • R 4 is hydrogen or 3-fluoro and R 5 is hydrogen or 4-fluoro.
  • R is preferably C 1- alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxy.
  • R is preferably a methyl or hydroxymethyl group. Most especially, R is a methyl group.
  • R 11 preferably represents hydrogen, methyl, ethyl or CO 2 -tert-butyl.
  • Another preferred class of compounds of formula (If) is that wherein R 8 is methyl.
  • a further preferred class of compound of formula (If) is that wherein X is -CHR 12 -.
  • R 12 is preferably hydrogen or hydroxy.
  • R 12 is linked to R 11 such that there is formed a ring
  • the linkage -R 12 - R 11 - is preferably selected from:
  • Another preferred class of compounds of formula (If) is that wherein m is 1. Yet another preferred class of compounds of formula (If) is that wherein p is zero.
  • a further preferred class of compounds of formula (If) is that wherein q is zero.
  • each group may replace any of the hydrogen atoms in the (CH ) m groups.
  • a 1 is fluorine or CF 3 ;
  • a 2 is fluorine or CF 3 ;
  • a 3 is fluorine or hydrogen
  • a 4 is fluorine or hydrogen
  • a 5 is methyl
  • alkyl or "alkoxy" as a group or part of a group means that the group is straight or branched.
  • suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, s-butyl and t-butyl.
  • suitable alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, i-propoxy, n-butoxy, s- butoxy and t-butoxy.
  • fluoro - ⁇ al yr and fluoroCi- ⁇ allcoxy mean a Ci- ⁇ alkyl or C 1-6 alkoxy group in which one or more (in particular, 1 to 3) hydrogen atoms have been replaced by fluorine atoms.
  • fluorine atoms mean a Ci- ⁇ alkyl or C 1-6 alkoxy group in which one or more (in particular, 1 to 3) hydrogen atoms have been replaced by fluorine atoms.
  • the term means a C 1- alkyl group in which one or more (in particular 1 to 3) hydrogen atoms have been replaced by fluorine atoms.
  • fluoro .salkyl and fluoroC 1-3 alkoxy groups for example, CF 3 , CH 2 CH 2 F, CH 2 CHF , CH 2 CF 3 , OCF 3 , OCH 2 CH 2 F, OCH 2 CHF 2 or OCH 2 CF 3 , and most especially CF 3 , OCF 3 and OCH 2 CF 3 .
  • cycloalkyl groups referred to herein may represent, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl.
  • a suitable cycloalkylalkyl group may be, for example, cyclopropylmethyl.
  • cycloalkoxy groups referred to herein may represent, for example, cyclopropoxy or cyclobutoxy.
  • alkenyl and “alkynyi” as a group or part of a group mean that the group is straight or branched.
  • suitable alkenyl groups include vinyl and allyl.
  • a suitable alkynyi group is propargyl.
  • halogen means fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine. The most apt halogens are fluorine and chlorine of which fluorine is preferred, unless otherwise stated.
  • Specific compounds within the scope of this invention include: (4R5)-8-[(2R,3R,4i?)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3- ⁇ henyl- tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4-ol; (45)-8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4-ol; (4R)-8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(l J R)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)tetra
  • Specific compounds within the scope of this invention also include: (4R)-8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl) ⁇ henyl)ethoxy]-3-(3-bromo-4- fluorophenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4-ol; (4R5)-8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-(4- fluorophenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-4-ethynyl-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4- ol;
  • Specific compounds within the scope of this invention also include: ( ⁇ i? or S)- ⁇ -((2R,3R,4R)- ⁇ (lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy ⁇ tetrahydro- 3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)-l-piperidineethanol;
  • the compounds of formula (I) may be prepared in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, especially an acid addition salt.
  • the salts of the compounds of formula (I) will be non- toxic pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • Other salts may, however, be useful in the preparation of the compounds according to the invention or of their non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable salts.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this invention include acid addition salts which may, for example, be formed by mixing a solution of the compound according to the invention with a solution of a pharmaceutically acceptable acid such as hydrochloric acid, fumaric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, acetic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, carbonic acid, phosphoric acid or sulfuric acid.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable acid such as hydrochloric acid, fumaric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, acetic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, carbonic acid, phosphoric acid or sulfuric acid.
  • Salts of amine groups may also comprise quaternary ammonium salts in which the amino nitrogen atom carries a suitable organic group such as an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyi or aralkyl moiety.
  • suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may include metal salts such as alkali metal salts, e.g. sodium or potassium salts; and alkaline earth metal salts, e.g. calcium or magnesium salts.
  • the salts may be formed by conventional means, such as by reacting the free base form of the product with one or more equivalents of the appropriate acid in a solvent or medium in which the salt is insoluble, or in a solvent such as water which is removed in vacuo or by freeze drying or by exchanging the anions of an existing salt for another anion on a suitable ion exchange resin.
  • prodrugs of the compounds of formula (I) above will be functional derivatives of the compounds of formula (I) which are readily convertible in vivo into the required compound of formula (I).
  • a prodrug may be a pharmacologically inactive derivative of a biologically active substance (the "parent drug” or “parent molecule”) that requires transformation within the body in order to release the active drug, and that has improved delivery properties over the parent drug molecule.
  • the transformation in vivo may be, for example, as the result of some metabolic process, such as chemical or enzymatic hydrolysis of a carboxylic, phosphoric or sulfate ester, or reduction or oxidation of a susceptible functionality.
  • the present invention includes within its scope solvates of the compounds of formula (I) and salts thereof, for example, hydrates.
  • the compounds according to the invention have at least three asymmetric centres, and may accordingly exist both as enantiomers and as diastereoisomers. It is to be understood that all such isomers and mixtures thereof are encompassed within the scope of the present invention.
  • the preferred compounds of the formulae (la) and (Iaa) will have the stereochemistry of the 2-, 3-, 4- and 8-positions as shown in formulae (lac) and (lad)
  • the preferred compounds of the formulae (lab) and (laba) will have the stereochemistry of the 2-, 3-, 4- and 8-positions as shown in formulae (Iabb) and (Iabc)
  • the present invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more compounds of formula (I) in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
  • compositions according to the invention are in unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills, capsules, powders, granules, solutions or suspensions, or suppositories, for oral, parenteral or rectal administration, or administration by inhalation or insufflation.
  • Oral compositions such as tablets, pills, capsules or wafers are particularly preferred.
  • the present invention further provides a process for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I), which process comprises bringing a compound of formula (I) into association with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
  • the compounds of formula (I) are of value in the treatment of a wide variety of clinical conditions which are characterised by the presence of an excess of tachykinin, in particular substance P, activity.
  • a comprehensive listing of clinical conditions, uses and methods of treatment for which the compounds of the present invention will be useful is disclosed in US patent No. 6,071,927, the content of which is incorporated herein by reference (see, in particular, column 10, line 14 to column 22, line 18).
  • the compounds of the present invention are useful in the treatment of a variety of disorders of the central nervous system.
  • disorders include mood disorders, such as depression or more particularly depressive disorders, for example, single episodic or recurrent major depressive disorders and dysthymic disorders, or bipolar disorders, for example, bipolar I disorder, bipolar II disorder and cyclothymic disorder; and anxiety disorders, such as panic disorder with or without agoraphobia, agoraphobia without history of panic disorder, specific phobias, for example, specific animal phobias, social phobias, obsessive-compulsive disorder, stress disorders including post-traumatic stress disorder and acute stress disorder, and generalised anxiety disorders.
  • mood disorders such as depression or more particularly depressive disorders, for example, single episodic or recurrent major depressive disorders and dysthymic disorders, or bipolar disorders, for example, bipolar I disorder, bipolar II disorder and cyclothymic disorder
  • anxiety disorders such as panic disorder with or without agoraphobia, agoraphobia without history of panic disorder, specific phobias,
  • the compounds of the present invention are also particularly useful in the treatment of nociception and pain.
  • Diseases and conditions in which pain predominates include soft tissue and peripheral damage, such as acute trauma, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, musculo-skeletal pain, particularly after trauma, spinal pain, myofascial pain syndromes, headache, migraine, episiotomy pain, and burns.
  • the compounds of the present invention are also particularly useful in the treatment of respiratory diseases, particularly those associated with excess mucus secretion, such as chronic obstructive airways disease, bronchopneumonia, chronic bronchitis, cystic fibrosis and asthma, adult respiratory distress syndrome, and bronchospasm; in the treatment of inflammatory diseases such as inflammatory bowel disease, psoriasis, fibrositis, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, pruritus and sunburn; and in the treatment of allergic disorders such as eczema and rhinitis.
  • the compounds of the present invention are also particularly useful in the treatment of gastrointestinal (Gl) disorders, including inflammatory disorders and diseases of the Gl tract such as ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease and irritable bowel syndrome.
  • Gl gastrointestinal
  • the compounds of the present invention are also particularly useful in the treatment of emesis, including acute, delayed or anticipatory emesis, such as emesis induced by chemotherapy, radiation, toxins, pregnancy, vestibular disorders, motion, surgery, migraine, and variations in intercranial pressure.
  • emesis induced by chemotherapy, radiation, toxins, pregnancy, vestibular disorders, motion, surgery, migraine, and variations in intercranial pressure.
  • the compounds of formula (I) are of use in the treatment of emesis induced by antineoplastic (cytotoxic) agents, including those routinely used in cancer chemotherapy; by radiation including radiation therapy such as in the treatment of cancer; and in the treatment of post-operative nausea and vomiting.
  • the excellent pharmacological profile of the compounds of the present invention offers the opportunity for their use in therapy at low doses thereby minimising the risk of unwanted side effects.
  • a suitable dosage level is about 0.001 to 50 mg/kg per day, in particular about 0.01 to about 25 mg/kg, such as from about 0.05 to about 10 mg/kg per day.
  • a suitable dosage level is about 0.001 to 25 mg/kg per day, preferably about 0.005 to 10 mg/kg per day, and especially about 0.005 to 5 mg/kg per day.
  • the compounds may be administered on a regimen of 1 to 4 times per day, preferably once or twice per day.
  • a suitable dosage level is about 0.001 to 10 mg/kg per day, preferably about 0.005 to 5 mg/kg per day, and especially 0.01 to 3 mg/kg per day.
  • the compounds may be administered on a regimen of 1 to 4 times per day, preferably once or twice per day.
  • a suitable dosage level is about 0.001 to 10 mg/kg per day, preferably about 0.005 to 5 mg/kg per day, and especially 0.01 to 3 mg/kg per day.
  • the compounds may be administered on a regimen of 1 to 4 times per day, preferably once or twice per day.
  • treatment includes prophylactic use to prevent the occurrence or recurrence of any of the aforementioned conditions.
  • compounds of formula (la) may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of formula (Ha)
  • LG is a suitable leaving group such as an alkyl- or arylsulfonyloxy group (e.g. mesylate or tosylate) or a halogen atom (e.g. bromine, chlorine or iodine); by reaction with an amine of formula (Hla)
  • the reaction is preferably effected in the presence of a base, for example, an alkali metal carbonate, such as potassium carbonate, in a suitable organic solvent such as acetonitrile.
  • a base for example, an alkali metal carbonate, such as potassium carbonate
  • a suitable organic solvent such as acetonitrile.
  • the reaction ideally is performed at an elevated temperature, for example, between 40°C and 80°C, especially between 50°C and 70°C.
  • a particularly preferred compound of formula (Ha) is that wherein the group LG is mesylate, i.e. the group -OSO 2 CH 3 , which compound is prepared by reaction of the corresponding methanol with methanesulfonyl chloride in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine, and optionally a catalyst such as 4-N,N-dimethylaminopyridine.
  • a base such as triethylamine
  • a catalyst such as 4-N,N-dimethylaminopyridine.
  • the reaction is conveniently effected in a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane.
  • compounds of formula (lab) may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of formula (Hah)
  • LG is a suitable leaving group such as an alkyl- or arylsulfonyloxy group (e.g. mesylate or tosylate) or a halogen atom (e.g. bromine, chlorine or iodine); by reaction with an amine of formula (Hlab)
  • an alkyl- or arylsulfonyloxy group e.g. mesylate or tosylate
  • a halogen atom e.g. bromine, chlorine or iodine
  • a particularly preferred compound of formula (Ilab) is that wherein the group LG is mesylate, i.e. the group -OSO 2 CH 3 , which compound is prepared by reaction of the corresponding methanol with methanesulfonyl chloride in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine, and optionally a catalyst such as 4-N,N-chmethylaminopyridine.
  • a base such as triethylamine
  • a catalyst such as 4-N,N-chmethylaminopyridine.
  • the reaction is conveniently effected in a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane.
  • compounds of formula (la) may be prepared by the reaction of an amine of formula QTfa) with a compound of formula (TVa)
  • reaction in the presence of a reducing agent, for example, sodium triacetoxyborohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride.
  • a reducing agent for example, sodium triacetoxyborohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride.
  • the reaction is conveniently effected in a suitable solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, 1,2-dichloroethane, conveniently at about room temperature.
  • compounds of formula (lab) may be prepared by the reaction of an amine of formula (Hlab) with a compound of formula (INab)
  • reaction in the presence of a reducing agent, for example, sodium triacetoxyborohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride.
  • a reducing agent for example, sodium triacetoxyborohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride.
  • the reaction is conveniently effected in a suitable solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, 1,2-dichloroethane, conveniently at about room temperature.
  • amines of formula (DTa) may be prepared by other methods that would be readily apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • methods for the preparation of the spirocyclic amines are provided in the literature - see for instance, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 12 (2002) 1759-62 and International (PCT) Patent Publication No. WO 01/87838.
  • Compounds of formulae (IVa) and (IVab) may be prepared by conventional methods such as those described in International (PCT) Patent Publication No. WO 00/56727, for instance, by the oxidation of a corresponding vinyl compound using oxygen and ozone.
  • the reaction is conveniently effected at a reduced temperature, such as at about -78°C, in the presence of an organic solvent such as an alcohol, for example, methanol, or a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, or a mixture thereof.
  • Treatment with dimethylsulfide liberates the desired aldehyde.
  • compounds of formula (lb) in which m is zero and n is 2 or 3 may be prepared by the cyclization of a compound of formula (Hb) in the presence of an amine of the formula R 10 R ⁇ NH:
  • LG 1 and LG 2 are independently leaving groups, such as mesylate, tosylate, brosylate, nosylate or triflate.
  • LG 1 and LG 2 may be the same or different, for instance LG 1 may be mesylate whilst LG 2 may be tosylate.
  • the reaction is effected at an elevated temperature, for example, between 120° and 160°C, preferably at about 140°C, in a suitable solvent, such as an alcohol, for instance, methanol.
  • a suitable solvent such as an alcohol, for instance, methanol.
  • compounds of formula (lb) in which m is 1 and n is 1 or 2 may be prepared by the cyclization of a compound of formula (IJTo) in the presence of an amine of the formula R 10 R ⁇ NH:
  • LG 1 and LG 2 are as previously defined.
  • the reaction is effected at an elevated temperature, for example, between 120° and 160°C, preferably at about 140°C, in a suitable solvent, such as an alcohol, for instance, methanol.
  • a suitable solvent such as an alcohol, for instance, methanol.
  • compounds of formula (lb) in which m is 2 and n is 2 may be prepared by the cyclization of a compound of formula (INb) in the presence of an amine of the formula R 10 R U ⁇ H:
  • LG 1 and LG 2 are as previously defined.
  • the reaction is effected at an elevated temperature, for example, between 120° and 160°C, preferably at about 140°C, in a suitable solvent, such as an alcohol, for instance, methanol.
  • a suitable solvent such as an alcohol, for instance, methanol.
  • the dihydroxylation reaction is conveniently effected at room temperature in a solvent such as an alcohol, for instance, tert-butanol, or water, or more preferably a mixture thereof.
  • a solvent such as an alcohol, for instance, tert-butanol, or water, or more preferably a mixture thereof.
  • the conversion of the primary alcohol to the LG group is effected in a conventional manner, for instance by reaction with the appropriate sulfonyl chloride in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine.
  • a base such as triethylamine.
  • the reaction is conveniently effected in a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, at a reduced temperature, such as below -20°C, and then at room temperature.
  • Addition of dibutyltin oxide to the reaction conveniently promotes formation of the leaving group on the primary alcohol group.
  • compounds of formula (Hib) may be prepared from a compound of formula (Nib)
  • compounds of formula (IVb) may be prepared from a compound of formula (NHb)
  • the Grignard reaction is effected in the presence of a suitable solvent such as an ether, for instance, tetrahydrofuran, at a reduced temperature, for example, below - 40°C, and preferably at about -78°C.
  • a suitable solvent such as an ether, for instance, tetrahydrofuran
  • the conversion of the secondary alcohol to the LG 1 group is effected in a conventional manner, for instance by reaction with the appropriate sulfonyl chloride in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine.
  • a base such as triethylamine.
  • the reaction is conveniently effected in a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, at a reduced temperature, such as below -20°C, and then at room temperature.
  • Compounds of formula (N ⁇ ib) may be prepared by conventional methods such as those described in International (PCT) Patent Publication No. WO 00/56727, for instance, by the oxidation of a corresponding vinyl compound using oxygen and ozone.
  • the reaction is conveniently effected at a reduced temperature, such as at about -78°C, in the presence of an organic solvent such as an alcohol, for example, methanol, or a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, or a mixture thereof.
  • Treatment with dimethylsulfide liberates the desired aldehyde.
  • a reducing agent such as a borohydride, for example, sodium borohydride
  • the reduction is effected in a suitable solvent such as an alcohol, for example, ethanol, at a reduced temperature such as between -10°C and +5°C, preferably at about 0°C.
  • a suitable oxidation reaction such as a Swern oxidation using dimethylsulfoxide and oxalyl chloride, and a base such as triethylamine.
  • the reaction is conveniently effected in a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, at a reduced temperature, for example at about -78°C, and then warming to room temperature.
  • Compounds of formula (XHb) may be prepared from a compound of formula (N ⁇ ib) by reaction with a suitable Grignard reagent as previously described.
  • Compounds of formula (Xb) may be prepared from a compound of formula (LXb) under the conditions described above for the preparation of a compound of formula (IXb).
  • ⁇ R 19 and B is S(O) q (where q is zero) may be prepared by the reaction of a compound
  • LG and LG are independently leaving groups, such as mesylate, tosylate,
  • LG and LG may be the same or different, for instance LG 1 is may be mesylate whilst LG 2 may be tosylate.
  • the reaction is effected at an elevated temperature, for example, between 120° and 160°C, preferably at about 140°C, in a suitable solvent, such as an alcohol, for instance, methanol.
  • a suitable solvent such as an alcohol, for instance, methanol.
  • compounds of formula (Ic) in which A is S(O) q (where q is zero) and B is NR 12 may be prepared from a compound of formula (ITIc)
  • LG 1 and LG 2 are as previously defined, and P is an amine protecting group, by reaction with sodium sulfide, followed, if desired, by deprotection of the amine and subsequent alkylation of the amine to vary the group R 12 .
  • the cyclization reaction is effected in a suitable solvent such as acetone at an elevated temperature, for example, at the reflux temperature of the solvent.
  • a particularly suitable amine protecting group is an alkoxycarbonyl group such as tert-butoxycarbonyl, which is conveniently removed by treatment with trifluoroacetic acid in a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, at a reduced temperature, such as between -10°C and +5°C, for example, at about 0°C.
  • a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane
  • the conversion of the alcohols to the LG 1 and LG 2 groups is effected in a conventional manner, for instance by reaction with the appropriate sulfonyl chloride in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine.
  • a base such as triethylamine.
  • the reaction is conveniently effected in a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, at a reduced temperature, such as below -20°C, and then at room temperature.
  • reaction by reaction with HOCH 2 CH 2 SH in the presence of a base such as a hydroxide, for instance, potassium hydroxide.
  • a base such as a hydroxide, for instance, potassium hydroxide.
  • the reaction is conveniently effected in a solvent such as an alcohol, for example isopropanol, at an elevated temperature, for example at the reflux temperature of the solvent.
  • Compounds of formula (Vc) may be prepared from an epoxide of formula (Vic) by reaction with HOCH 2 CH 2 NH 2 in a solvent such as an alcohol, for example methanol, at an elevated temperature, for example at the reflux temperature of the solvent, followed by protection of the secondary amine, for example with di-tert-butyl dicarbonate.
  • a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, at room temperature.
  • the reaction is conveniently effected at a reduced temperature, such as at about -78°C, in the presence of an organic solvent such as an alcohol, for example, methanol, or a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, or a mixture thereof.
  • an organic solvent such as an alcohol, for example, methanol, or a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, or a mixture thereof.
  • Treatment with dimethylsulfide liberates the desired aldehyde.
  • compounds of formula (Vie) may be prepared directly from a compound of formula (VIHc) by an epoxidization reaction using a peracid, for example, m-chloroperbenzoic acid.
  • a peracid for example, m-chloroperbenzoic acid.
  • the reaction is effected in a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, conveniently at room temperature.
  • compounds of formula (Id) in which m is zero and n is 1 may be prepared by the cyclization of a compound of formula (Ed) in the presence of an amine of the formula R ⁇ NH 2 :
  • LG and LG are independently leaving groups, such as mesylate, tosylate, brosylate, nosylate or triflate.
  • LG 1 and LG 2 may be the same or different, for instance LG 1 and LG 2 may both be mesylate.
  • the reaction is effected at an elevated temperature, for example, between 120° and 160°C, preferably at about 140°C, in a suitable solvent, such as an alcohol, for instance, methanol.
  • a suitable solvent such as an alcohol, for instance, methanol.
  • compounds of formula (Id) in which m is 1 or 2 and n is zero may be prepared by the cyclization of a compound of formula ( ld) in the presence of an amine of the formula R lb NH 2 :
  • LG 1 and LG 2 are as previously defined.
  • reaction is effected at an elevated temperature, for example, between 120° and 160°C, preferably at about 140°C, in a suitable solvent, such as an alcohol, for instance, methanol.
  • a suitable solvent such as an alcohol, for instance, methanol.
  • the reaction is effected at an elevated temperature, for example, between 120° and 160°C, preferably at about 130°C, in a suitable solvent, such as an alcohol, for instance, methanol.
  • a suitable solvent such as an alcohol, for instance, methanol.
  • the conversion of the primary and secondary alcohols to the LG 1 and LG 2 groups is effected in a conventional manner, for instance by reaction with the appropriate sulfonyl chloride (e.g. methanesulfonyl chloride) in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine.
  • a base such as triethylamine.
  • the reaction is conveniently effected in a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, at a reduced temperature, such as below -20°C, and then at room temperature.
  • compounds of formula (IVd) may be prepared from a compound of formula (VEd)
  • the ozonolysis reaction is effected at a reduced temperature, for example, below -40°C, and preferably at about -78°C, in a suitable solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, or an alcohol, for example, methanol, or a mixture thereof.
  • a suitable solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, or an alcohol, for example, methanol, or a mixture thereof.
  • compounds of formula (VEd) may be prepared from a compound of formula (Xd)
  • the reaction is effected in the presence of a suitable solvent such as an ether, for instance, diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran, at a reduced temperature, for example, below -40°C, and preferably at about -78°C.
  • the stereochemistry of the intermediate of formula (VIEd) may be directed by the inclusion in the Grignard reaction of chlorobis[(15,2R,35',55')-2,6,6- trimethylbicyclo[3.1.1]hept-3-yl]borane ((+)-DIP-Cl) or chlorobis[(lR,2S,3R,5R)- 2,6,6-trimethylbicyclo[3.1.1]hept-3-yl]borane ((-)-DIP-Cl) which is conveniently pre- mixed with the allyl Grignard reagent at a reduced temperature, for instance, at about - 40°C, and warmed to about room temperature, before cooling and addition to the aldehyde of formula (Xld).
  • Compounds of formula (Xld) may be prepared by conventional methods such as those described in International (PCT) Patent Publication No. WO 00/56727, for instance, by the oxidation of a corresponding vinyl compound using oxygen and ozone.
  • the reaction is conveniently effected at a reduced temperature, such as at about -78°C, in the presence of an organic solvent such as an alcohol, for example, methanol, or a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, or a mixture thereof.
  • Treatment with dimethylsulfide liberates the desired aldehyde.
  • the reaction is effected in the presence of a suitable solvent such as an ether, for instance, diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran, at a reduced temperature, for example, below -40°C, and preferably at about -78°C.
  • Cerium (ET) chloride may be added to avoid reduction and enolization side reactions.
  • Compounds of formula (XEd) may be prepared from the corresponding carboxylic acid by conventional procedures, for instance, by reaction of the carboxylic acid with (trimethylsilyl)diazomethane and methanol in a suitable solvent such as toluene, conveniently at room temperature.
  • a suitable oxidation reaction such as a Swern oxidation using dimethylsulfoxide and oxalyl chloride, and a base such as triethylamine.
  • the reaction is conveniently effected in a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, at a reduced temperature, for example at about -78°C, and then warming to room temperature.
  • compounds of formula (le) may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of formula (Ee)
  • the reaction is effected at an elevated temperature, for example, between 110° and 150°C, preferably at about 130°C, in a suitable solvent, such as an alcohol, for instance, methanol.
  • a suitable solvent such as an alcohol, for instance, methanol.
  • reaction by reaction with trimethylsulfonium iodide in the presence of a base such as sodium hydride.
  • a base such as sodium hydride.
  • the reaction is conveniently effected in a suitable solvent such as dimethylsulfoxide or an ether, such as tetrahydrofuran, or a mixture thereof, at a reduced temperature between -10°C and +5°C, for example, at about 0°C.
  • Compounds of formula (TEe) may be prepared by conventional methods such as those described in International (PCT) Patent Publication No. WO 00/56727, for instance, by the oxidation of a corresponding vinyl compound using oxygen and ozone.
  • the reaction is conveniently effected at a reduced temperature, such as at about -78°C, in the presence of an organic solvent such as an alcohol, for example, methanol, or a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, or a mixture thereof.
  • Treatment with dimethylsulfide liberates the desired aldehyde.
  • Amines of use in the general process (Ae) are either known compounds, or may be prepared by methods well known to one of ordinary skill in the art.
  • methods for the preparation of the spirocyclic amines are provided in the literature - see for instance, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 12 (2002) 1759-62 and International (PCT) Patent Publication No. WO 01/87838.
  • a lithiating agent such as an alkyl lithium compound, for example, .sec-butyllithium in the presence of an organic base such as N,N,N',N'-tetramethyl- 1,2-ethanediamine, in a suitable solvent, such as an ether, for example, diethyl ether, at a reduced temperature, such as below -40°, and preferably at about -78°C; which treatment is followed by reaction with a compound of formula (Iflf)
  • reaction is conveniently effected in a suitable solvent, such as an ether, for example, diethyl ether, at a reduced temperature, such as below -40°, and preferably at about -78°C.
  • a suitable solvent such as an ether, for example, diethyl ether
  • R is linked to R such that there is formed a ring, the linkage -R -R - being -OC(O)-, may be prepared by the interconversion of a compound of formula (If) wherein R 11 represents CO 2 C 1-6 alkyl and R 12 represents OH by treatment with a reducing agent such as a hydride, for instance sodium hydride, the reaction being effected in a suitable solvent such as an ether, for example, tetrahydrofuran, conveniently at about room temperature.
  • a reducing agent such as a hydride, for instance sodium hydride
  • R represents hydrogen and R represents OH (which compounds may themselves serve as precursors for further derivatization of the amino moiety, may be prepared by the interconversion of a compound of formula (If) wherein R 12 is linked to R 11 such that there is formed a ring, the linkage -R 12 -R u - being -OC(O)-, by treatment with lithium hydroxide, the reaction being effected in a suitable solvent such as an ether, for example, tetrahydrofuran, and alcohol, for example, methanol, or water, or a mixture thereof, at an elevated temperature, such as between 40°C and 60°C, preferably at about 50°C.
  • a suitable solvent such as an ether, for example, tetrahydrofuran, and alcohol, for example, methanol, or water, or a mixture thereof, at an elevated temperature, such as between 40°C and 60°C, preferably at about 50°C.
  • Compounds of formula (Ef) are either known compounds or they may be prepared by methods readily apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art- Compounds of formula (TEf) may be prepared by conventional methods such as those described in International (PCT) Patent Publication No. WO 00/56727, for instance, by the oxidation of a corresponding vinyl compound using oxygen and ozone.
  • the reaction is conveniently effected at a reduced temperature, such as at about -78°C, in the presence of an organic solvent such as an alcohol, for example, methanol, or a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, or a mixture thereof.
  • Treatment with dimethylsulfide liberates the desired aldehyde.
  • a strong oxidizing agent such as Dess-Martin periodinane
  • the NR 12 moiety where R 12 is hydrogen may be alkylated by reaction with a suitable alkyl halide, such as methyl iodide or ethyl iodide, conveniently at about room temperature, in the presence of an acid acceptor such as potassium carbonate or N,N-diisopropylethylamine.
  • a suitable alkyl halide such as methyl iodide or ethyl iodide
  • the sulfur atom of the thiomorpholine ring of the compounds of formula (Ic) may be oxidized using, for instance, sodium metaperiodate in acetic acid to afford the corresponding sulfoxide or sulfone.
  • the compounds of formula (Id) having the NR 11 moiety where R 11 is hydrogen and NH moieties in the compounds of formulae (le) and (If) may be alkylated by reaction with a suitable alkyl halide, such as methyl iodide or ethyl iodide, conveniently at about room temperature, in the presence of an acid acceptor such as potassium carbonate or N,N-diisopropylethylamine.
  • a suitable alkyl halide such as methyl iodide or ethyl iodide
  • a compound of formula (le) or (If) wherein Z is S may be converted into a corresponding compound of formula (le) or (If) respectively wherein Z is SO or S(O) 2 by an oxidation reaction using, for instance, sodium metaperiodate in acetic acid to afford the desired sulfoxide or sulfone.
  • oxidation reaction using, for instance, sodium metaperiodate in acetic acid to afford the desired sulfoxide or sulfone.
  • any of the above synthetic sequences it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect sensitive or reactive groups on any of the molecules concerned. This may be achieved by means of conventional protecting groups, such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistty, ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T.W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 1991.
  • the protecting groups may be removed at a convenient subsequent stage using methods known from the art.
  • the exemplified compounds of this invention were tested by the methods set out at pages 36 to 39 of International Patent Specification No. WO 93/01165.
  • the compounds were found to be active with IC 50 at the NKi receptor of less than lOOnM on said test method.
  • Lithium borohydride (lg, 45mmol) was added portionwise to a solution of 4-[2-(tert- butyldimefhylsilyloxy)- 1 -hydroxyethyl] -piperidine- 1 ,4-dicarboxylic acid 1 -benzyl ester 4-ethyl ester (Description 2; 11.2g, 24.1mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (75ml). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched by addition of saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution, then partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was dried (MgSO ) and concentrated in vacuo to give the diol.
  • N-Methylmorpholine N-oxide (Ig, 8.6mmol) and osmium tetroxide (2ml, 2.5% solution in fert-butanol) were added to a solution of (2R,3R,45)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-vinyl-tetrahydropyran (see Example 147 in WO 00/56727; 2g, 4.3mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (25ml) and water (10ml).
  • the mixture was stirred at room temperature for one hour before sodium periodate (9g, 43mmol) was added.
  • Palladium hydroxide (20% on carbon, 20mg) was added as a slurry in ethanol to a solution of isomer A of the product of Description 9 (120mg, 0.25mmol) in ethanol (5ml).
  • the mixture was hydrogenated in a Parr apparatus (45 psi) for 30 minutes then filtered through CeliteTM and washed with ethanol. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo.
  • the amine salt was dissolved in dichloroethane (3ml) and triethylamine (0.056ml, 0.4mmol) followed by (2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]- 3-(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)tetral ydropyran-4-carbaldehyde (Description 14(i); 130mg, 0.25mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (63mg, 0.318mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred for 30min. The mixture was then diluted with dichloromethane and washed with sodium bicarbonate (saturated aqueous solution).
  • Methane ⁇ ulfonk acid [(2 ⁇ ,3 ⁇ 5 4 «)-2-[(li?)-l-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)- phenyl)ethosy]-3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-fetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl ester
  • Methanesulfonyl chloride 50 ⁇ l, 0.63mmol was added to a mixture of [(2R,3R,4R)-2- [(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)- tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methanol (Description 15; 235mg, 0.49mmol), triethylamine (133ml, 0.97mmol), 4-N,N-dimethylaminopyridine (3mg, 0.02mmol) and dichloromethane (5ml) at 0°
  • Trimethyl(2-propynyloxy)silane (11.54ml, 9.62g, 75mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred, cooled (-5°C) solution of ethyl magnesium bromide (1M in tetrahydrofuran, 75ml, 75mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (150ml), maintaining the internal temperature below 0°C.
  • the mixture was stirred at 0°C for 30 minutes, then at room temperature for 90 minutes.
  • the mixture was cooled to -5°C and 1,1-dimethylethyl 4-oxo-l- piperidinecarboxylate (15.0g, 75mmol) was added slowly, maintaining the internal temperature below 0°C.
  • Tetrabutylammonium fluoride (IM in tetrahydrofuran, 80ml, 80mmol) was added to a solution of 1,1-dimethylethyl 4-hydroxy-4-(3-trimethylsilyloxypropynyl)-l- piperidinecarboxylate (from step (i) above; 24.4g, 75mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (300ml) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and water (200ml) was added.
  • the aqueous fraction was extracted with ethyl acetate (22i 650ml) and the combined organic fractions were washed with brine, dried (Na 2 SO 4 ) and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure.
  • the residue was purified by chromatography on a short silica gel column, eluting with 1:1 isohexane:ethyl acetate, to give the title compound (29.2g, contains trace impurity).
  • 1,1-Dirnethylethyl l-oxa-2-oxo-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane-8-carboxylate (from step (iii) above; 5.0g, 19.58mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (150ml) was added dropwise over 45 min. to a stirred, cooled (0 °C) solution of methyl magnesium chloride (3M in tetrahydrofuran, 19.58ml, 58.75mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (150ml). The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight. The mixture was poured into saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (200ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (200ml).
  • Trifluoroacetic acid (10ml) was added to a solution of 1,1-dimethylethyl 4-hydroxy-4- (3-hydroxy-3-methylbut-l-yl)-l-piperidinecarboxylate (from step (iv) above; 3.9g, 13.57mmol) in dichloromethane (10ml) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with CH 2 Cl 2 /MeOH/NH 3 (Aq.) (90:10:1) to give the title compound (2.04g, 89%).
  • 3-Azetidinecarboxylic acid (4.0g, 39.6 mmol) was dissolved in IN sodium hydroxide solution (40mL) and cooled to 0°C. Benzyl chloroformate (5.9mL, 41mmol) was added followed by further IN sodium hydroxide solution (41mL) dropwise. The mixture was stirred vigorously for 16hrs then made acidic with 2N hydrochloric acid.
  • Benzyl 3-(l,2-dihydroxyethyl)-3-(hydroxymethyl)azetidine-l-carboxylate (from step (iii); 956mg, 3.4mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (150mL) and dibutyltin oxide (17mg) was added.
  • p-Toluenesulfonyl chloride (686mg, 3.6mmol) was added and the solution was cooled to 0°C.
  • Triethylamine (520 ⁇ L, 3.75mmol) was added dropwise and the solution was then allowed to stir at ambient temperature for 16hrs. Further triethylamine (260 ⁇ L, 1.9mmol) was added and after stirring for 2hrs, water (250mL) was added.
  • the cooled mixture was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50mL), dried (MgSO ) and concentrated in vacuo.
  • the crude yellow oil was purified on silica using 10-30% ethyl acetate in iso- hexane as eluant.
  • the crude product was re-dissolved in tert-butanol (5mL) and water (lmL) and N- methylmorpholine N-oxide (322mg) was added and stirred until dissolved. Osmium tetroxide (0.15mL, 2.5% in t-butanol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 12h. This mixture was concentrated in vacuo.
  • the crude product was purified by chromatography on silica using 1-6% methanol in dichloromethane as eluant to afford the product (480mg).
  • reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18h before it was partitioned between water and ethyl acetate.
  • the aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate.
  • the combined organic phases were washed with saturated sodium sulfite solution, then brine and finally dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the crude mixture of products as a colourless oil.
  • the mixture was separated by flash chromatography on silica gel, eluting with a gradient solvent system of 50-100 % ethyl acetate in hexane, then 1-2 % methanol in ethyl acetate to furnish 1.03g of the title compound (48 %).
  • Methanesulfonyl chloride (1.61 mL, 2.3 g, 21 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred, cooled (-78 °C) solution of (2R,3R,4R, ⁇ R5)- ⁇ -(3-buten-l-yl)-2- ⁇ (lR)-l-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy ⁇ tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-methanol (Description 23, 8:1 mixture of diastereoisomers; 3.5 g, 6.97 mmol) and triethylamine (5 mL, 3.5 g, 35 mmol) in dichloromethane (70 mL).
  • Trimethylsulfonium iodide (2.13 g, 10.4 mmol) in dimethylsulfoxide (10 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 10 minutes.
  • Trimethylsilyldiazomethane (2.0M in hexanes, 3.5 mL, 7 mmol) was added in portions over 1 hour to a solution of (2R,3R,4R)-2- ⁇ (lR)-l-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy ⁇ tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid (WO 00/56727A1; 3.2 g, 6.9 mmol) in a mixture of methanol (10 mL) and toluene (7 mL). The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with EtOAc/hexane (80:20), to give the title compound as a colorless solid (2.4 g, 73%).
  • Trimethylsulfonium iodide (2.13 g, 10.4 mmol) in dimethylsulfoxide (10 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 10 minutes.
  • Triethylamine 140 ⁇ L, l.Ommol was added to a suspension of 2-oxa-8-aza- spiro[4.5]decan-4-ol hydrochloride (Description 8; O.lg, 0.54mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (2ml). After 10 minutes, (2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-phenyl-tetrahydropyran-4-carbaldehyde (see Example 43 in WO 00/56727; 0.24g, 0.54mmol) was added as a solution in 1,2- dichloroethane (3ml).
  • EXAMPLE 8 8-[(2R,3S,45)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3- phenyI(tetrahydropyran-4-yl)]methyl-2,2-dimethyI-l-oxa-8-asa-spiro[4.5]decane
  • (2R,35,45)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3- phenyl(tetrahydropyran)-4-aldehyde see Example 43 in WO 00/56727
  • 2,2- dimethyl-l-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane (Description 18) was reacted and purified according to the procedure described in Example 6 to give the title compound.
  • EXAMPLE 13 8-[(2i?,3#,45!)-2-[(l ⁇ )-l-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-phenyl- tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-l-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane
  • (2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3- phenyl(tetrahydropyran)-4-aldehyde see Example 45 in WO 00/56727
  • l-oxa-8- aza-spiro[4.5]decane (Description 17) was reacted and purified according to the procedure described in Example 6 to give the title compound.
  • Methyl magnesium chloride (3.0M solution in tetrahydrofuran, 90 ⁇ l) was added to a solution of 8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl) ⁇ henyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4-one (Example 15; lOOmg, 0.16mmol) stirring in tetrahydrofuran (2ml) at room temperature. After 2 hours the reaction was quenched by addition of saturated ammonium chloride.
  • Ethynyl magnesium bromide (0.5M solution in tetrahydrofuran, 0.5mL) was added to a solution of 8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)-tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4-one (Example 15) (lOOmg, 0.16mmol) stirring in tetrahydrofuran (2ml) at room temp. After 2 hours the reaction was quenched by addition of saturated ammonium chloride.
  • EXAMPLE 20 (4 «-?)-8-[(2R,31,4 «)-2-[(li?)-l-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-phenyl- tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-l-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decan-4-ol
  • This product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 2 using (2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-phenyl- tetrahydropyran-4-carbaldehyde (WO 0056727) and 4-hydroxy-l-oxa- 8-azaspiro[4.5]decane (Description 20).
  • This product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 6 using (2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4-fluorophenyl)- tetrahydropyran-4-carbaldehyde (Description 11) and 4-hydroxy-3,3-dimethyl- 2-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane (Description 21).
  • This compound was prepared from the compound of Example 4 following the procedure described in Example 24.
  • EXAMPLE 32 (3 ? or S)-3-((2fi,3i?,4S)- ⁇ (li?)-l-[3,5-Bi ⁇ (trifluoromethyl)pheJttyI]efh ⁇ xy ⁇ - tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2fl r -pyran-4-yl)tI ⁇ i ⁇ morpho ne; and (3S or «)-3-((2 ⁇ ,3 ⁇ 5 4 «)- ⁇ (lff)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]eth ⁇ xy ⁇ - tetrahydr ⁇ -3-phenyl-2fl ' -pyran-4-yl)t ⁇ iomorpholi ⁇ e
  • Lithium hydroxide (30 mg, 0.70 mmol) was added to a solution of (IR or S, 7aR or 5)- l-((2R,3R,4R)- ⁇ (lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy ⁇ -tetrahydro-3-phenyl- 2H-pyran-4-yl)tetrahydro-lH,3H-pyrrolo[l,2-c]oxazol-3-one (Example 43, Isomer B; 76 mg, 0.14 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (1 mL), methanol (1 mL) and water (1 mL) and the mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 3 days.

Abstract

The present invention relates to the compounds of the formula (I), wherein R?1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9¿ and W are as defined herein, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; the compounds are of particular use in the treatment or prevention of depression, anxiety, pain, inflammation, migraine, emesis or postherpetic neuralgia.

Description

TETRAHYDROPYRAN COMPOUNDS AS TACHYKININ ANTAGONISTS
This invention relates to a class of tetrahydropyran compounds which are useful as tachykinin antagonists. More particularly, the compounds of the invention are useful as neurokinin 1 (NK-1) receptor antagonists.
The present invention provides compounds of the formula (I):
Figure imgf000002_0001
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof wherein
W represents:
Figure imgf000002_0002
Figure imgf000002_0003
Figure imgf000003_0001
R1 is hydrogen, halogen, C1-όalkyl, C1-6alkoxy, fluoro -galkyl, fluoroCwalkoxy, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkylC1-4alkyl, NO2, CN, SRa, SORa, SO2Ra, CO2Ra, CONRaRb, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl or C1-4alkyl substituted by C1- alkoxy, wherein Ra and Rb each independently represent hydrogen or C1- alkyl;
R2 is hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, fluoro -ealkyl or
Figure imgf000003_0002
substituted by C1-4alkoxy;
R3 is hydrogen, halogen or fluoroC1-6alkyl;
R4 is hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, fluoroC1-6alkyl, fluoroC1-6alkoxy, hydroxy, NO2, CN, SRa, SORa, SO2Ra, CO2Ra, CONRaRb, C -6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl or C1-4alkyl substituted by C1-4alkoxy, wherein Ra and R are as previously defined;
R5 is hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, fluoroC1-6alkyl or C1-6alkoxy substituted by C1-4alkoxy;
R6 represents hydrogen or a Cι-4alkyl group optionally substituted by a hydroxy group;
R represents hydrogen, ^all-vl, fluoroC1-6alkyl, hydroxy, C1-6alkoxy or hydroxyC \ -6alkyl ;
R and R each independently represent hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, CH2ORc, oxo, CO2Ra or CONRaR where Ra and Rb are as previously defined and Rc represents hydrogen, C1-6alkyl or phenyl; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; wherein when W is
Figure imgf000003_0003
A represents an oxygen atom or a CH2 group; B represents an oxygen atom or a CH2 group, with the proviso that when A is an oxygen atom, B is a CH2 group, and when A is a CH2 group, B is an oxygen atom; n is 1 or 2; m is 1, 2 or 3, with the proviso that the sum total of m + n is 2, 3 or 4;
R10 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, C1- alkyl, C3- cycloalkyl, C3- cycloalkylC1- alkyl, hydroxyCι- alkyl, C1-4alkoxyC1- alkyl, C2-6alkenyl or C2-6alkynyl;
R11 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy or C1-4alkyl; or R10 and Rπ may together represent an oxo (=O) group, with the proviso that the oxo group is not adjacent to the oxygen atom represented by either A or B; wherein one or both of R10 and R11 may replace one or both hydrogen atoms in the CH2 group represented by A or B; wherein when W is
Figure imgf000004_0001
R10 is hydrogen, C1-4alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3- cycloalkylC1-4alkyl, C2-4alkyl substituted by a C^alkoxy or hydroxyl group;
Ru is hydrogen or C1-4alkyl, C3- cycloalkyl, C3- cycloalkylC1- alkyl, or C1-4alkyl substituted by Cι- alkoxy, hydroxyl or phenyl, wherein said phenyl group is optionally substituted by one, two or three substituents selected from C1-6alkyl, - 6alkoxy, halogen and trifluoromethyl; or R10, Ru and the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a heteroaliphatic ring of 4 to 7 ring atoms, optionally substituted by one or two groups selected from hydroxy, CORe, CO2Re, C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by a C1- alkoxy or hydroxyl group, or Cι-4alkoxy optionally substituted by a C1-4.alkoxy or hydroxyl group, which heteroaliphatic ring may optionally contain an oxygen or sulphur ring atom, a group S(O) or S(O)2 or a second nitrogen atom which will be part of a NH or NRd moiety, where Rd is C1- alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxy or C1-4alkoxy, and where Re is hydrogen, C1- alkyl or benzyl; R12 represents halogen, hydroxy, C1-4alkoxy or fluoroC1-4alkoxy, or where p is 2, then two R9 groups may together represent an oxo (=O) group; m is zero, 1 or 2; n is 1, 2 or 3, with the proviso that the sum total of m + n is 2 or 3; and p is zero, 1 or 2; wherein when W is
Figure imgf000005_0001
A represents NR12 or S(O)q;
B represents NR12 or S(O)q, with the proviso that when A is S(O)q, then B is NR12, and when A is NR12, then B is S(O)q;
R10 and R11 each independently represent hydrogen, fluorine, CORe, CO2Re, C1- alkyl optionally substituted by a C1-4alkoxy or hydroxyl group, or C1-4alkoxy optionally substituted by a C1- alkoxy or hydroxyl group, where Re is hydrogen, methyl ethyl or benzyl; or, when they are attached to the same carbon atom, R10 and R11 may together represent =O, =CHCO2Ra, -O(CH2)mO-, -CH2O(CH2)p-, -CH2OCH2C(O)-, -CH2OCH2CH(OH)-, -CH2OCH2C(CH3)2-, -CH2OC(CH3)2CH2-, -C(CH3)2OCH2CH2-, -CH2C(O)OCH2-, -OC(O)CH2CH2-, -C(O)OCH2CH2-, -C(O)OC(CH3)2CH2-, -C(O)OCH2C(CH3)2-, -OCH2(CH2)p-, -OC(CH3)2CH2CH2-, -OCH2C(CH3)2CH2-, -OCH2CH2C(CH3)2-, -OCH2CH=CHCH2-, -OCH2CH(OH)CH2CH2-, -OCH2CH2CH(OH)CH2-, -OCH2C(O)CH2CH2-, -OCH2CH2C(O)CH2-, or a group of the formula
Figure imgf000005_0002
where Ra is as previously defined, or, where they are attached to adjacent carbon atoms, R and R may together represent -OCH2CH2- or -OCH2CH(OH)-, or R10 and R11 may together form a fused benzene ring; or, R10 and Ru together form a .ialkylene bridge across the pyrrolidine, piperidine, morpholine or piperazine ring to which they are attached;
R12 represents hydrogen, benzyl, C1-6alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, Cs^cycloalkyl ^alkyl, COC1-6alkyl, CO2C1-6alkyl or C2- alkyl substituted by a C1-4alkoxy or hydroxyl group;
R13 represents hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, Cι-4alkyl, hydroxyC1-4alkyl or fluoroC1- alkyl; m is 1 or 2; p is 1, 2 or 3; and q is zero, 1 or 2; wherein when W is
Figure imgf000006_0001
R10 represents halogen, hydroxy, Cι- alkoxy or fluoroC1- alkoxy, or where p is 2, then two R10 groups may together represent an oxo (=O) group;
R11 represents hydrogen, benzyl, C1- alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkylCι-4alkyl, or C2- alkyl substituted by a C1- alkoxy or hydroxyl group; m is zero, 1 or 2; n is zero or 1, with the proviso that the sum total of m + n is 1, 2 or 3, and with the further proviso that when m is 2 then n is 1; and p is zero, 1 or 2; wherein when W is
Figure imgf000006_0002
X represents -CHF-, -CF2-, -CH(OH)- or -CH(OC1-4alkyl)-;
Y represents -NR . 13T RJ 14 or a group selected from:
Figure imgf000007_0001
Z represents O, S, SO, SO2 or NR 112.
R ■ 10 represents hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, C1- alkoxy or fluoroCι-4alkoxy;
R ,π represents hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, C1- alkoxy or fluoroCι- alkoxy; or R10 and R11 together represent an oxo (=O) group;
R12 represents C1-6alkyl, COC1-6alkyl, CO2C1-6alkyl;
R13 and R14 each independently represent hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl or fluoroC1-6alkyl, wherein said alkyl or cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted with a group selected from hydroxy, C1-4alkoxy, -NHCOC1-4alkyl or -NHCO2Cι. 4alkyl; m is 1 or 2; n is 1 or 2; and p is 1 or 2; wherein when W is
Figure imgf000007_0002
X represents -CBR ■ 13 -, -CF2- or -C(=O)-
R ,ιo represents halogen, hydroxy, C1-4alkoxy or fluoroC1- alkoxy, or where p is
2, then two R , 10 groups may together represent an oxo (=O) group; R11 represents hydrogen, benzyl, C1-6alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkylC1- alkyl, COC1-6alkyl, CO Ci-6alkyl or C2-4alkyl substituted by a C -4alkoxy or hydroxyl group;
R12 represents hydrogen, fluorine, hydroxy, C1- alkoxy, or R12 is linked to R 11 such that there is formed a ring, the linkage -R12-Ru- being selected from:
(a) -OC(O)-,
(b) -OS(O)2-,
(c) -ZCH2CH2-,
(d) — ZCH2CH CH2-,
(e) -ZCH2C(O)-,
(f) -ZCH2CH2C(O)-,
(g) -ZC(O)CH2-,
(h) -ZC(O)CH2CH2-, and
(i) -ZCH2C(O)CH2-; wherein Z represents O, NH or N(C1-6alkyl); m is 1 or 2; and p is zero, 1 or 2.
One favoured group of compounds of the present invention are those of the formula (la) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000008_0001
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8 and R9 as hereinbefore defined, and A, B, R10, R11, m and n are as hereinbefore defined as for when W is
Figure imgf000009_0001
A preferred class of compounds of formula (la) is that wherein R1 is hydrogen, C1-4alkyl,
Figure imgf000009_0002
halogen or CF3.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (la) is that wherein R is hydrogen, C^alkyl, C1- alkoxy, halogen or CF3.
A particularly preferred class of compounds of formula (la) is that wherein R1 is fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF3.
Another particularly preferred class of compounds of formula (la) is that wherein R2 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF3.
Also particularly preferred is the class of compounds of formula (la) wherein R3 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF3.
Preferably R1 and R2 are in the 3 and 5 positions of the phenyl ring.
More preferably R1 is 3-fluoro, 3-chloro, 3-methyl or 3-CF3.
More preferably R2 is 5-fluoro, 5-chloro, 5-methyl or 5-CF3.
More preferably R is hydrogen.
Most preferably R is 3-F or 3-CF3, R is 5-CF3 and R is hydrogen.
A further preferred class of compound of formula (la) is that wherein R4 is fluorine or hydrogen.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (la) is that wherein R5 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine or CF3.
Preferably R4 is hydrogen or 3-fluoro and R5 is hydrogen or 4-fluoro.
R6 is preferably C1- alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxy. In particular, R6 is preferably a methyl or hydroxymethyl group.
Another preferred class of compound of formula (la) is that wherein R7 is hydrogen or methyl, and especially hydrogen.
A further preferred class of compound of formula (la) is that wherein one of ft Q 5£ 0
R and R is hydrogen, and especially wherein R and R are both hydrogen atoms.
Another preferred class of compound of formula (la) is that wherein R10 represents hydroxy, C1-4alkyl or C1- alkoxy. A further preferred class of compound of formula (la) is that wherein R ,1l1 represents hydrogen or methyl.
A particularly preferred class of compound of formula (la) is that wherein R10 represents hydroxy and Rπ represents hydrogen or methyl (especially hydrogen), where both R10 and Rπ are attached to the same carbon atom, or alternatively R10 and R1 together represent an oxo group.
A further preferred class of compound of formula (la) is that wherein A is CH2 and B is an oxygen atom. When A is CH2 and B is an oxygen atom it is preferred that the groups R10 and R11 are not adjacent to B.
Another preferred class of compound of formula (la) is that wherein n is 2 and m is 2.
Also preferred are the classes of compound of formula (la) wherein n is 1 and m is 3; or n is 1 and m is 2; or n is 1 and m is 1.
One favoured group of compounds of the formula (la) are those of the formula (Iaa) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000010_0001
wherein
A1 is fluorine or CF3;
A2 is fluorine or CF3;
A3 is hydrogen or fluorine;
A4 is hydrogen, fluorine or bromine;
A > 53 : is methyl or hydroxymethyl; and A, B, R10 and R are as defined in relation to formula (la). Another favoured group of compounds of the formula (la) are those of the formula (lab) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000011_0001
wherein
X represents CHOH or C=O;
R1 is fluorine or trifluoromethyl;
R2 is fluorine or trifluoromethyl;
R3 is methyl or hydroxymethyl;
R4 is hydrogen or fluorine; and
R5 is hydrogen or fluorine; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
A preferred class of compounds of formula (lab) is that wherein R1 is trifluoromethyl.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (lab) is that wherein R2 is trifluoromethyl.
Also particularly preferred is the class of compounds of formula (lab) wherein R3 is methyl.
A further preferred class of compound of formula (lab) is that wherein R4 is fluorine.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (lab) is that wherein R5 is hydrogen. Another preferred class of compound of formula (lab) is that wherein X is CHOH.
One favoured group of compounds of the formula (lab) are those of the formula (laba) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000012_0001
wherein
A1 is hydrogen or fluorine, especially hydrogen; and A2 is hydrogen or fluorine, especially fluorine.
Another favoured group of the compounds of the present invention are those of the formula (lb) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000012_0002
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 are hereinbefore defined;
R10, R11, R12, m, n and p are as hereinbefore defined as for when W is
Figure imgf000013_0001
R8 represents halogen, C1-6alkyl, CH2ORc, CO2Ra or CONRaRb, or where q is 2, then two R8 groups may together represent an oxo (=O) group, where Ra and Rb are as previously defined and Rc represents hydrogen, C1-6alkyl or phenyl; and q is zero, 1 or 2.
A preferred class of compounds of formula (R) is that wherein R1 is hydrogen, C1-4alkyl, C1-4alkoxy, halogen or CF3.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (lb) is that wherein R is hydrogen, C1- alkyl, C1-4alkoxy, halogen or CF3.
A particularly preferred class of compounds of formula (lb) is that wherein R1 is fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF3.
Another particularly preferred class of compounds of formula (lb) is that wherein R2 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF3.
Also particularly preferred is the class of compounds of formula (lb) wherein R3 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF3.
Preferably R and R are in the 3 and 5 positions of the phenyl ring.
More preferably R1 is 3-fluoro, 3-chloro, 3-methyl or 3-CF3.
More preferably R2 is 5-fluoro, 5-chloro, 5-methyl or 5-CF3.
More preferably R3 is hydrogen.
Most preferably R1 is 3-F or 3-CF3, R2 is 5-CF3 and R3 is hydrogen.
A further preferred class of compound of formula (lb) is that wherein R4 is hydrogen or fluorine.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (lb) is that wherein R5 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine or CF3.
Preferably R4 is hydrogen or 3-fluoro and R5 is hydrogen or 4-fluoro. R6 is preferably C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxy. In particular, R6 is preferably a methyl or hydroxymethyl group. Most especially, R6 is a methyl group.
A further preferred class of compounds of formula (lb) is that wherein R10 is hydrogen, C1- alkyl or a C2-4alkyl group substituted by a hydroxyl or C1-2alkoxy group.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (lb) is that wherein R is hydrogen, C1- alkyl, or a benzyl group.
Where R10 and R11 are linked so that, together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached, they form a heteroaliphatic ring, suitable rings include azetidinyl, pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, piperazino or a piperazino group substituted on the nitrogen atom by a C1-4alkyl group or a C2-4alkyl group substituted by a hydroxy or C1-2alkoxy group. Particularly preferred heteroaliphatic rings formed by -NR10Rπ are azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, morpholine, piperazine and N-methylpiperazine.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (lb) is that wherein R is fluorine, hydroxy, methoxy or ethoxy or, where p is 2, then the two R12 groups together represent an oxo (=O) group.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (lb) is that wherein R is methyl.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (lb) is that wherein m is zero or 1 and n is 1 or 2. Most preferably, m is zero and n is 2.
Yet another preferred class of compounds of formula (lb) is that wherein p is zero.
A further preferred class of compounds of formula (lb) is that wherein q is zero.
It will be appreciated that where one or two R12 groups are present, each group may replace any of the hydrogen atoms in the (CH2)m and (CF£2)n groups. Similarly, the -CH -NR10Rn moiety may replace a hydrogen atom in either of the (CH )m and (CH2)n groups.
One favoured group of compounds of the formula (lb) are those of the formula (Iba) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000015_0001
wherein
A1 is fluorine or CF3;
A2 is fluorine or CF3;
A3 is fluorine or hydrogen;
A4 is fluorine or hydrogen;
A5 is methyl; and
R10, Rπ, R12, m, n and p are as defined in relation to formula (lb).
Another favoured group of the compounds of the present invention are those of the formula (Ic) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000015_0002
wherein R , R , R , R , R and R are as hereinbefore defined;
A, B, R10, R11, R12, R13, m, p and q are as hereinbefore defined as for when W is
Figure imgf000016_0001
R8 represents halogen, C1-6alkyl, CH2ORc, CO2Ra or CONRaRb, or where n is 2, then two R8 groups may together represent an oxo (=O) group, where Ra and Rb are as previously defined and Rc represents hydrogen, C1-6alkyl or phenyl; and n is zero, 1 or 2.
A preferred class of compounds of formula (Ic) is that wherein R1 is hydrogen, C1-4alkyl, C1-4alkoxy, halogen or CF3.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (Ic) is that wherein R is hydrogen, C1-4alkyl, C1- alkoxy, halogen or CF3.
A particularly preferred class of compounds of formula (Ic) is that wherein R1 is fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF3.
Another particularly preferred class of compounds of formula (Ic) is that wherein R is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF3.
Also particularly preferred is the class of compounds of formula (Ic) wherein R is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF3.
1 9
Preferably R and R are in the 3 and 5 positions of the phenyl ring.
More preferably R1 is 3-fluoro, 3-chloro, 3-methyl or 3-CF .
More preferably R2 is 5-fluoro, 5-chloro, 5-methyl or 5-CF3.
More preferably R3 is hydrogen.
Most preferably R1 is 3-F or 3-CF3, R2 is 5-CF3 and R3 is hydrogen.
A further preferred class of compound of formula (Ic) is that wherein R4 is hydrogen or fluorine.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (Ic) is that wherein R5 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine or CF3.
Preferably R4 is hydrogen or 3-fluoro and R5 is hydrogen or 4-fluoro.
R is preferably C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxy. In particular, R is preferably a methyl or hydroxymethyl group. Most especially, R6 is a methyl group. Another preferred class of compounds of formula (Ic) is that wherein R , 10 i ■s hydrogen, hydroxy, C1-2alkyl substituted by hydroxy, C1- alkoxy (especially methoxy) or CO2Re (where Re is hydrogen, methyl ethyl or benzyl). Particularly preferred are compounds of formula (Ic) where R10 is hydrogen.
A further pre erred class of compounds of formula (Ic) is that wherein R 1 is hydrogen or C1- alkyl (especially methyl). Particularly preferred are compounds of formula (I) where R11 is hydrogen.
R10 and R11 are preferably attached to the same carbon atom thus forming a moiety of the formula CR10Rπ. Where R10 and R11 are attached to the same carbon atom they may, in particular, together represent -C(O)OCH2CH2-.
In a further preferred class of compounds of formula (Ic), R preferably represents hydrogen, methyl or ethyl.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (Ic) is that wherein R is methyl.
A further preferred class of compounds of formula (Ic) is that wherein n is zero.
A further preferred class of compounds of formula (Ic) is that wherein A is NR12 andB is S(O)q.
Preferably, q is zero.
One favoured group of compounds of the formula (Ic) are those of the formula (lea) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000017_0001
wherein
A1 is fluorine or CF3;
A2 is fluorine or CF3;
A is fluorine or hydrogen;
A4 is fluorine or hydrogen;
A5 is methyl; and
A, B, R10 and R11 are as defined in relation to formula (Ic).
Another favoured group of the compounds of the present invention are those of the formula (Id) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000018_0001
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 are as hereinbefore defined;
R .10 , τ R>ll , m, n and p are as hereinbefore defined as for when W is
Figure imgf000018_0002
R8 represents halogen, C1- alkyl, CH2ORc, CO2Ra or CONRaRb, or where q is 2, then two R8 groups may together represent an oxo (=O) group, where Ra and R are as previously defined and Rc represents hydrogen, C1- alkyl or phenyl; and q is zero, 1 or 2. A preferred class of compounds of formula (Id) is that wherein R1 is hydrogen, C1-4alkyl, C1-4alkoxy, halogen or CF3.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (Id) is that wherein R2 is hydrogen, C1- alkyl, Cι-4alkoxy, halogen or CF3.
A particularly preferred class of compounds of formula (Id) is that wherein R1 is fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF3.
Another particularly preferred class of compounds of formula (Id) is that wherein R2 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF3.
Also particularly preferred is the class of compounds of formula (Id) wherein R3 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF3.
Preferably R and R are in the 3 and 5 positions of the phenyl ring.
More preferably R1 is 3-fluoro, 3-chloro, 3-methyl or 3-CF3.
More preferably R2 is 5-fluoro, 5-chloro, 5-methyl or 5-CF3.
More preferably R3 is hydrogen.
Most preferably R1 is 3-F or 3-CF3, R2 is 5-CF3 and R3 is hydrogen
A A ffuurtrthheerr pprreef] erred class of compound of formula (Id) is that wherein R4 is hydrogen or fluorine.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (Id) is that wherein R5 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine or CF3.
Preferably R4 is hydrogen or 3-fluoro and R5 is hydrogen or 4-fluoro.
R is preferably C1- alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxy. In particular, R is preferably a methyl or hydroxymethyl group. Most especially, R6 is a methyl group.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (Id) is that wherein R10 is fluorine, hydroxy, methoxy or ethoxy or, where p is 2, then the two R10 groups together represent an oxo (=O) group.
In a further preferred class of compounds of formula (Id), R11 preferably represents hydrogen, methyl or ethyl.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (Id) is that wherein R is methyl.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (Id) is that wherein m is zero or 1 and n is zero or 1, and the sum total of m + n is 1. Most preferably, m is zero and n is l. A further preferred class of compound of formula (Id) is that wherein m is 2 and n is 1.
Yet another preferred class of compounds of formula (Id) is that wherein p is zero.
A further preferred class of compounds of formula (Id) is that wherein q is zero.
It will be appreciated that where one or two R10 groups are present, each group may replace any of the hydrogen atoms in the (CH2)m and (CH2)n groups.
One favoured group of compounds of the formula (Id) are those of the formula (Ida) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000020_0001
wherein
A 1 i •s fluorine or CF3; A2 is fluorine or CF3; A3 is fluorine or hydrogen; A4 is fluorine or hydrogen; A5 is methyl; and
R1 , R11, m, n and p are as defined in relation to formula (Id). Another favoured group of the compounds of the present invention are those of formula (le) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000021_0001
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 are as hereinbefore defined;
X, Y, Z, R10, R11, R12, R13, R14, m, n and p are as hereinbefore defined as for when W is
Figure imgf000021_0002
R8 represents halogen, -ealkyl, CH2ORc, CO2Ra or CONRaRb, or where q is 2, then two R8 groups may together represent an oxo (=O) group, where Ra and Rb are as previously defined and Rc represents hydrogen, Chalky! or phenyl; and q is zero, 1 and 2.
A preferred class of compounds of formula (le) is that wherein X is -CH(OH)-.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (le) is that wherein Y is -NR13R14 (wherein R13 and R14 are preferably hydrogen or C1- alkyl) or the group
Figure imgf000021_0003
wherein R10 and R11 are preferably hydrogen and m is 1 or 2, and especially 2.
A further preferred class of compounds of formula (le) is that wherein Z is O, S or NR12, especially where R12 is a C1- alkyl group, such as methyl or ethyl. A preferred class of compounds of formula (le) is that wherein R1 is hydrogen, C1-4alkyl, C1-4alkoxy, halogen or CF3.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (le) is that wherein R2 is hydrogen, Chalky!, C1- alkoxy, halogen or CF3.
A particularly preferred class of compounds of formula (le) is that wherein R1 is fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF3.
Another particularly preferred class of compounds of formula (le) is that wherein R2 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF3.
Also particularly preferred is the class of compounds of formula (le) wherein R3 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF3.
Preferably R and R are in the 3 and 5 positions of the phenyl ring.
More preferably R1 is 3-fluoro, 3-chloro, 3-methyl or 3-CF3.
More preferably R2 is 5-fluoro, 5-chloro, 5-methyl or 5-CF3.
More preferably R is hydrogen.
Most preferably R1 is 3-F or 3-CF3, R2 is 5-CF3 and R3 is hydrogen.
A further preferred class of compound of formula (le) is that wherein R4 is hydrogen or fluorine.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (le) is that wherein R5 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine or CF3.
P 'rreeferably R4 is hydrogen or 3-fluoro and R5 is hydrogen or 4-fluoro.
R6 is preferably C1- alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxy. In particular, R6 is preferably a methyl or hydroxymethyl group. Most especially, R6 is a methyl group.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (le) is that wherein R10 is hydrogen, fluorine, hydroxy, methoxy or ethoxy and R11 is hydrogen, or R10 and Rπ are both fluorine or R10 and R11 together represent an oxo (=O) group.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (le) is that wherein R8 is methyl.
A further preferred class of compounds of formula (le) is that wherein R is methyl, ethyl, acetyl, methoxycarbonyl or ethoxycarbonyl.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (le) is that wherein R and R15 each independently represent hydrogen or C1-4alkyl, and especially, methyl.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (le) is that wherein m is 2. A further preferred class is that wherein m is 2 and n is 2.
Yet another preferred class of compounds of formula (le) is that wherein p is
1.
A further preferred class of compounds of formula (le) is that wherein q is zero.
It will be appreciated that R10 and R11 may replace any of the hydrogen atoms in the (CH )m and (CH2)P groups in the rings to which they are attached.
One favoured group of compounds of the formula (le) are those of the formula (lea) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000023_0001
wherein
A1 is fluorine or CF3;
A2 is fluorine or CF3;
A3 is fluorine or hydrogen;
A4 is fluorine or hydrogen;
A5 is methyl; and
X and Y are as defined in relation to formula (le).
Another favoured group of compounds of the present invention are those of formula (If) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000024_0001
wherein R1, R2, R3, R4, R5 and R6 are as hereinbefore defined;
X, R10, R11, R12, m and p are as hereinbefore defined as for when W is
Figure imgf000024_0002
R° represents halogen, C1-6alkyl, CH2OR°, CO2Rd or CONR -"TR)bD, or where q is 2, then two R8 groups may together represent an oxo (=O) group, where Ra and Rb are as previously defined and Rc represents hydrogen, C1-6alkyl or phenyl; and q is zero, 1 or 2.
A preferred class of compounds of formula (If) is that wherein R1 is hydrogen, C1-4alkyl, C1-4alkoxy, halogen or CF3.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (If) is that wherein R2 is hydrogen, C1-4alkyl, C1- alkoxy, halogen or CF3.
A particularly preferred class of compounds of formula (If) is that wherein R1 is fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF3.
Another particularly preferred class of compounds of formula (If) is that wherein R is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF3.
Also particularly preferred is the class of compounds of formula (If) wherein R3 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, methyl or CF3.
Preferably R1 and R2 are in the 3 and 5 positions of the phenyl ring. More preferably R1 is 3-fluoro, 3-chloro, 3-methyl or 3-CF3.
More preferably R2 is 5-fluoro, 5-chloro, 5-methyl or 5-CF3.
More preferably R3 is hydrogen.
Most preferably R1 is 3-F or 3-CF3, R2 is 5-CF3 and R3 is hydrogen.
A further preferred class of compound of formula (If) is that wherein R4 is hydrogen or fluorine.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (If) is that wherein R5 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine or CF3.
Preferably R4 is hydrogen or 3-fluoro and R5 is hydrogen or 4-fluoro.
R is preferably C1- alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxy. In particular, R is preferably a methyl or hydroxymethyl group. Most especially, R is a methyl group.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (If) is that wherein R10 is fluorine, hydroxy, methoxy or ethoxy or, where p is 2, then the two R10 groups together represent an oxo (=O) group.
In a further preferred class of compounds of formula (If), R11 preferably represents hydrogen, methyl, ethyl or CO2-tert-butyl.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (If) is that wherein R8 is methyl.
A further preferred class of compound of formula (If) is that wherein X is -CHR12-.
In particular, R12 is preferably hydrogen or hydroxy.
Where R12 is linked to R11 such that there is formed a ring, the linkage -R12- R11- is preferably selected from:
(a) -OC(O)-,
(b) -OS(O)2-,
(c) -ZCH2CH2-,
(d) -ZCH2C(O)-,
(e) -ZC(O)CH2-, wherein Z represents O, NH or N(C1-6alkyl). Most especially, where R12 is linked to Rπ such that there is formed a ring, the linkage -R12-Rπ- is preferably -OC(O)-.
Another preferred class of compounds of formula (If) is that wherein m is 1. Yet another preferred class of compounds of formula (If) is that wherein p is zero.
A further preferred class of compounds of formula (If) is that wherein q is zero.
It will be appreciated that where one or two R ,10 groups are present, each group may replace any of the hydrogen atoms in the (CH )m groups.
One favoured group of compounds of the present invention are those of the formula (Ifa) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof:
Figure imgf000026_0001
wherein
A1 is fluorine or CF3;
A2 is fluorine or CF3;
A3 is fluorine or hydrogen;
A4 is fluorine or hydrogen;
A5 is methyl; and
X, R10, R11, m and p are as defined in relation to formula (If).
When any variable occurs more than one time in formula (I) or in any substituent, its definition on each occurrence is independent of its definition at every other occurrence.
As used herein, the term "alkyl" or "alkoxy" as a group or part of a group means that the group is straight or branched. Examples of suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, i-propyl, n-butyl, s-butyl and t-butyl. Examples of suitable alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, i-propoxy, n-butoxy, s- butoxy and t-butoxy.
As used herein, the terms "fluoro -δal yr and "fluoroCi-βallcoxy" mean a Ci-βalkyl or C1-6alkoxy group in which one or more (in particular, 1 to 3) hydrogen atoms have been replaced by fluorine atoms. Similarly, the term
Figure imgf000027_0001
means a C1- alkyl group in which one or more (in particular 1 to 3) hydrogen atoms have been replaced by fluorine atoms. Particularly preferred are fluoro .salkyl and fluoroC1-3alkoxy groups, for example, CF3, CH2CH2F, CH2CHF , CH2CF3, OCF3, OCH2CH2F, OCH2CHF2 or OCH2CF3, and most especially CF3, OCF3 and OCH2CF3.
The cycloalkyl groups referred to herein may represent, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl. A suitable cycloalkylalkyl group may be, for example, cyclopropylmethyl.
Similarly cycloalkoxy groups referred to herein may represent, for example, cyclopropoxy or cyclobutoxy.
As used herein, the terms "alkenyl" and "alkynyi" as a group or part of a group mean that the group is straight or branched. Examples of suitable alkenyl groups include vinyl and allyl. A suitable alkynyi group is propargyl.
When used herein the term "halogen" means fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine. The most apt halogens are fluorine and chlorine of which fluorine is preferred, unless otherwise stated.
Specific compounds within the scope of this invention include: (4R5)-8-[(2R,3R,4i?)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-ρhenyl- tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4-ol; (45)-8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4-ol; (4R)-8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lJR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4-ol; (4R5)-8-[(2R,3i?,4R)-2-[(li?)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(3,4- difluorophenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-sρiro[4.5]decan-4-ol; 8-[(2i?,3i?,4i?)-2-[(li?)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)ρhenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane; 8-[(2R,35,4S)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3- phenyl(tetrahydropyran-4-yl)]methyl-l,l-dimethyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane; 8-[(2R,35,45)-2-[(ll?)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)ρhenyl)ethoxy]-3- phenyl(tetrahydropyran-4-yl)]methyl-2,2-dimethyl-l-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane;
8-[(2i?,3S,4S)-2-[(li?)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-phenyl- tetrahydroρyran-4-yl]methyl-l-oxa-8-aza-sρiro[4.5]decane;
8-[(2^,3S,4S)-2-[(lJR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-phenyl- tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane;
8-[(21?,3i?,4i?)-2-[(li?)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)ρhenyl)ethoxy]-3-phenyl- tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane;
8-[(2i?,3i?,4i?)-2-[(li?)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-phenyl- tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2,2-dimethyl-l-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane;
8-[(2i?,3R,4i?)-2-[(li?)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-ρhenyl- tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-l-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane;
8-[(22?,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-phenyl- tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-l,l-dimethyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane;
8-[(2 ?,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4-one;
(4i?5)-8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-4-methyl-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4- ol; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Specific compounds within the scope of this invention also include: (4R)-8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)ρhenyl)ethoxy]-3-(3-bromo-4- fluorophenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4-ol; (4R5)-8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-(4- fluorophenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-4-ethynyl-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4- ol;
(85)-2-[((2i?,3R,4i?)-2-[(li?)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy]-3- phenyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)methyl]-6-oxa-2-azaspiro[3.4]octan-8-ol;
(8I?)-2-[((2i?,3i?,4i?)-2-[(li?)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)ρhenyl]ethoxy]-3- phenyltetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)methyl]-6-oxa-2-azaspiro[3.4]octan-8-ol; (4i?5)-8-[(2i?,3i?,4R)-2-[(li?)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3- phenyltetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-l-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decan-4-ol;
(4i?5)-8-[(2i?,3i?,41?)-2-[(li?)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-3,3-dimethyl-2-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decan- 4-ol;
(4i?*)-8-[(2i?,3i?,4JR)-2-[(li?)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-l-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decan-4-ol;
(45*)-8-[(2i?,3^,4i?)-2-[(l^)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-l-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decan-4-ol;
(4i?)-8-[((2i?,3i?,4i?)-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}-3- phenyltetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)methyl]-4-methoxy-2-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane;
(4R)-8-[((2R,3R,4R)-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}-3-(4- fluorophenyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)methyl]-4-methoxy-2-oxa-8- azaspiro[4.5]decane;
8-[((2/?,3i?,4i?)-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}-3- phenyltetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)methyl]-l-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decan-3-ol; 8-[((2R,3R,42?)-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}-3- phenyltetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)methyl]-l-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decan-3-one; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Further specific compounds within the scope of this invention include: {2R or S,5R or 5)-5-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}- tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)tetrahydro-N-(phenylmethyl)-2- furanmethanamine;
(25 or R,5R or 5)-5-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}- tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)tetrahydro-N-(phenylmethyl)-2- furanmethanamine;
(2R or S,5R or 5)-5-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)ρhenyl]ethoxy}- tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)tetrahydro-2-furanmethanamine; {2S or R,5R or 5)-5-((2^,3^,4i?)-{(li?)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}- tetrahydro-3-ρhenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)-N,N-diethyltetrahydro-2-furanmethanamine; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Specific compounds within the scope of this invention also include: (3R or S)-3-{{2R,3R,4R)-{ (li?)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-
3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)thiomorpholine; and
{3S or ^)-3-((2i?,3i?,4i?)-{ (li?)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-
3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)thiomorpholine; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Further specific compounds within the scope of this invention include: (2S)-2-((2i?,3i?,4i?)-{(li?)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3- phenyl-2H-ρyran-4-yl)-l-methylazetidine;
(2i?)-2-((2i?,3i?,4i?)-{(lJR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3- ρhenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)- 1 -methylazetidine;
4-((2 ,3i?,4i?)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl- 2H-pyran-4-yl)piperidin-4-ol;
4-((2i?,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl- 2H-pyran-4-yl)-l-cyclopropylpiperidin-4-ol; and
4-((2i?,3R,4JR)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl- 2H-pyran-4-yl)-l-(l-methylethyl)piperidin-4-ol; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Specific compounds within the scope of this invention also include: (αi? or S)-α-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro- 3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)-l-piperidineethanol;
(α5 orR)-α-((2R,3i?,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro- 3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)-l-piperidineethanol; and
(αR or 5',2i?,3R,4R)-2-{ (lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)ρhenyl]ethoxy }tetrahydro-α- [(dimethylamino)methyl]-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-methanol; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Further specific compounds within the scope of this invention include: 1,1-dimethylethyl {2R or S)-2-[{R or 5)-((2R,3i?,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4- yl)hydroxymethyl]-l-pyrrolidinecarboxylate;
(IR or S, 7aR or 5)-l-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]- ethoxy } tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)tetrahydro- lH,3H-pyrrolo [ 1 ,2-c] oxazol-3 - one; and (2R,3R,4R,αR or S)-α-[(2R or S)-2~pyrrolidinyl]-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-methanol; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
In a further aspect of the present invention, the compounds of formula (I) may be prepared in the form of a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, especially an acid addition salt.
For use in medicine, the salts of the compounds of formula (I) will be non- toxic pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Other salts may, however, be useful in the preparation of the compounds according to the invention or of their non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable salts. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this invention include acid addition salts which may, for example, be formed by mixing a solution of the compound according to the invention with a solution of a pharmaceutically acceptable acid such as hydrochloric acid, fumaric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, acetic acid, citric acid, tartaric acid, carbonic acid, phosphoric acid or sulfuric acid. Salts of amine groups may also comprise quaternary ammonium salts in which the amino nitrogen atom carries a suitable organic group such as an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyi or aralkyl moiety. Furthermore, where the compounds of the invention carry an acidic moiety, suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof may include metal salts such as alkali metal salts, e.g. sodium or potassium salts; and alkaline earth metal salts, e.g. calcium or magnesium salts.
The salts may be formed by conventional means, such as by reacting the free base form of the product with one or more equivalents of the appropriate acid in a solvent or medium in which the salt is insoluble, or in a solvent such as water which is removed in vacuo or by freeze drying or by exchanging the anions of an existing salt for another anion on a suitable ion exchange resin.
The present invention includes within its scope prodrugs of the compounds of formula (I) above. In general, such prodrugs will be functional derivatives of the compounds of formula (I) which are readily convertible in vivo into the required compound of formula (I). Conventional procedures for the selection and preparation of suitable prodrug derivatives are described, for example, in "Design of Prodrugs", ed. Η. Bundgaard, Elsevier, 1985. A prodrug may be a pharmacologically inactive derivative of a biologically active substance (the "parent drug" or "parent molecule") that requires transformation within the body in order to release the active drug, and that has improved delivery properties over the parent drug molecule. The transformation in vivo may be, for example, as the result of some metabolic process, such as chemical or enzymatic hydrolysis of a carboxylic, phosphoric or sulfate ester, or reduction or oxidation of a susceptible functionality.
The present invention includes within its scope solvates of the compounds of formula (I) and salts thereof, for example, hydrates.
The compounds according to the invention have at least three asymmetric centres, and may accordingly exist both as enantiomers and as diastereoisomers. It is to be understood that all such isomers and mixtures thereof are encompassed within the scope of the present invention.
The preferred compounds of the formulae (la) and (Iaa) will have the stereochemistry of the 2-, 3-, 4- and 8-positions as shown in formulae (lac) and (lad)
Figure imgf000032_0001
It will be appreciated that the preferred definitions of the various substituents recited herein may be taken alone or in combination and, unless otherwise stated, apply to the generic formula for compounds of the present invention as well as to the preferred classes of compound represented by formula (Iaa), formula (lac) and formula (lad).
The preferred compounds of the formulae (lab) and (laba) will have the stereochemistry of the 2-, 3-, 4- and 8-positions as shown in formulae (Iabb) and (Iabc)
Figure imgf000033_0001
It will be appreciated that the preferred definitions of the various substituents recited herein may be taken alone or in combination and, unless otherwise stated, apply to the generic formula for compounds of the present invention as well as to the preferred classes of compound represented by formula (laba), formula (labb) and formula (labc).
The preferred compounds of the formulae (lb), (Iba), (Id), (Ida), (le), (lea), (If) and (Ifa) will have the stereochemistry of the 2-, 3-, 4- and 8-positions as shown in formula (Ig) and formula (Ih)
Figure imgf000033_0002
It will be appreciated that the preferred definitions of the various substituents recited herein may be taken alone or in combination and, unless otherwise stated, apply to the generic formula for compounds of formulae (lb), (Id), (le) and (If) as well as to the preferred classes of compound represented by formulae (Iba), (Ida), (lea), (Ifa), (Ig) and (Ih). The preferred compounds of the formula (Ic) and (lea) will have the stereochemistry of the 2-, 3-, 4- and 8-positions as shown in formula (Icb) and formula (Ice)
Figure imgf000034_0001
It will be appreciated that the preferred definitions of the various substituents recited herein may be taken alone or in combination and, unless otherwise stated, apply to the generic formula for compounds of formula (Ic) as well as to the preferred classes of compound represented by formula (lea), formula (Icb) and formula (Ice).
The present invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more compounds of formula (I) in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
Preferably the compositions according to the invention are in unit dosage forms such as tablets, pills, capsules, powders, granules, solutions or suspensions, or suppositories, for oral, parenteral or rectal administration, or administration by inhalation or insufflation. Oral compositions such as tablets, pills, capsules or wafers are particularly preferred.
A more detailed description of pharmaceutical compositions that are suitable for the formulation of compounds of the present invention is disclosed in US patent No. 6,071,927, the content of which is incorporated herein by reference (see in particular, column 8, line 50 to column 10, line 4).
The present invention further provides a process for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I), which process comprises bringing a compound of formula (I) into association with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
The compounds of formula (I) are of value in the treatment of a wide variety of clinical conditions which are characterised by the presence of an excess of tachykinin, in particular substance P, activity. A comprehensive listing of clinical conditions, uses and methods of treatment for which the compounds of the present invention will be useful is disclosed in US patent No. 6,071,927, the content of which is incorporated herein by reference (see, in particular, column 10, line 14 to column 22, line 18).
In particular, the compounds of the present invention are useful in the treatment of a variety of disorders of the central nervous system. Such disorders include mood disorders, such as depression or more particularly depressive disorders, for example, single episodic or recurrent major depressive disorders and dysthymic disorders, or bipolar disorders, for example, bipolar I disorder, bipolar II disorder and cyclothymic disorder; and anxiety disorders, such as panic disorder with or without agoraphobia, agoraphobia without history of panic disorder, specific phobias, for example, specific animal phobias, social phobias, obsessive-compulsive disorder, stress disorders including post-traumatic stress disorder and acute stress disorder, and generalised anxiety disorders.
The compounds of the present invention are also particularly useful in the treatment of nociception and pain. Diseases and conditions in which pain predominates, include soft tissue and peripheral damage, such as acute trauma, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, musculo-skeletal pain, particularly after trauma, spinal pain, myofascial pain syndromes, headache, migraine, episiotomy pain, and burns.
The compounds of the present invention are also particularly useful in the treatment of respiratory diseases, particularly those associated with excess mucus secretion, such as chronic obstructive airways disease, bronchopneumonia, chronic bronchitis, cystic fibrosis and asthma, adult respiratory distress syndrome, and bronchospasm; in the treatment of inflammatory diseases such as inflammatory bowel disease, psoriasis, fibrositis, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, pruritus and sunburn; and in the treatment of allergic disorders such as eczema and rhinitis. The compounds of the present invention are also particularly useful in the treatment of gastrointestinal (Gl) disorders, including inflammatory disorders and diseases of the Gl tract such as ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease and irritable bowel syndrome.
The compounds of the present invention are also particularly useful in the treatment of emesis, including acute, delayed or anticipatory emesis, such as emesis induced by chemotherapy, radiation, toxins, pregnancy, vestibular disorders, motion, surgery, migraine, and variations in intercranial pressure. Most especially, the compounds of formula (I) are of use in the treatment of emesis induced by antineoplastic (cytotoxic) agents, including those routinely used in cancer chemotherapy; by radiation including radiation therapy such as in the treatment of cancer; and in the treatment of post-operative nausea and vomiting.
The excellent pharmacological profile of the compounds of the present invention offers the opportunity for their use in therapy at low doses thereby minimising the risk of unwanted side effects.
In the treatment of the conditions associated with an excess of tachykinins, a suitable dosage level is about 0.001 to 50 mg/kg per day, in particular about 0.01 to about 25 mg/kg, such as from about 0.05 to about 10 mg/kg per day.
For example, in the treatment of conditions involving the neurotransmission of pain sensations, a suitable dosage level is about 0.001 to 25 mg/kg per day, preferably about 0.005 to 10 mg/kg per day, and especially about 0.005 to 5 mg/kg per day. The compounds may be administered on a regimen of 1 to 4 times per day, preferably once or twice per day.
In the treatment of emesis, a suitable dosage level is about 0.001 to 10 mg/kg per day, preferably about 0.005 to 5 mg/kg per day, and especially 0.01 to 3 mg/kg per day. The compounds may be administered on a regimen of 1 to 4 times per day, preferably once or twice per day.
In the treatment of psychiatric disorders, a suitable dosage level is about 0.001 to 10 mg/kg per day, preferably about 0.005 to 5 mg/kg per day, and especially 0.01 to 3 mg/kg per day. The compounds may be administered on a regimen of 1 to 4 times per day, preferably once or twice per day.
It will be appreciated that the amount of a compound of formula (I) required for use in any treatment will vary not only with the particular compounds or composition selected but also with the route of administration, the nature of the condition being treated, and the age and condition of the patient, and will ultimately be at the discretion of the attendant physician.
As used herein, the term "treatment" includes prophylactic use to prevent the occurrence or recurrence of any of the aforementioned conditions.
According to a general process (Aa), compounds of formula (la) may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of formula (Ha)
Figure imgf000037_0001
wherein LG is a suitable leaving group such as an alkyl- or arylsulfonyloxy group (e.g. mesylate or tosylate) or a halogen atom (e.g. bromine, chlorine or iodine); by reaction with an amine of formula (Hla)
Figure imgf000037_0002
The reaction is preferably effected in the presence of a base, for example, an alkali metal carbonate, such as potassium carbonate, in a suitable organic solvent such as acetonitrile. The reaction ideally is performed at an elevated temperature, for example, between 40°C and 80°C, especially between 50°C and 70°C.
A particularly preferred compound of formula (Ha) is that wherein the group LG is mesylate, i.e. the group -OSO2CH3, which compound is prepared by reaction of the corresponding methanol with methanesulfonyl chloride in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine, and optionally a catalyst such as 4-N,N-dimethylaminopyridine. The reaction is conveniently effected in a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane.
Using general process (Aa), compounds of formula (lab) may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of formula (Hah)
Figure imgf000038_0001
wherein LG is a suitable leaving group such as an alkyl- or arylsulfonyloxy group (e.g. mesylate or tosylate) or a halogen atom (e.g. bromine, chlorine or iodine); by reaction with an amine of formula (Hlab)
(Illab)
Figure imgf000038_0002
A particularly preferred compound of formula (Ilab) is that wherein the group LG is mesylate, i.e. the group -OSO2CH3, which compound is prepared by reaction of the corresponding methanol with methanesulfonyl chloride in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine, and optionally a catalyst such as 4-N,N-chmethylaminopyridine. The reaction is conveniently effected in a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane.
According to another general process (Ba), compounds of formula (la) may be prepared by the reaction of an amine of formula QTfa) with a compound of formula (TVa)
Figure imgf000039_0001
in the presence of a reducing agent, for example, sodium triacetoxyborohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride. The reaction is conveniently effected in a suitable solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, 1,2-dichloroethane, conveniently at about room temperature.
Further details of suitable procedures will be found in the accompanying Examples.
Using general process (Ba), compounds of formula (lab) may be prepared by the reaction of an amine of formula (Hlab) with a compound of formula (INab)
Figure imgf000039_0002
in the presence of a reducing agent, for example, sodium triacetoxyborohydride or sodium cyanoborohydride. The reaction is conveniently effected in a suitable solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, 1,2-dichloroethane, conveniently at about room temperature.
Further details of suitable procedures will be found in the accompanying Examples. Compounds of formulae (Ha) and (Ilab) may be prepared by conventional methods such as those described in International (PCT) Patent Publication No. WO 00/56727.
Compounds of formula (Hla), and compounds of formula (Hlab) wherein X is CHOH, may be prepared from a suitably substituted precursor piperidine compound, for instance, as shown in Scheme 1 (in which R is, for example, a Chalky! group, such as an ethyl group, and P is an amino protecting group, such as a benzyloxycarbonyl group):
Scheme 1
Figure imgf000040_0001
LiBH4, THF TBAF, THF
Figure imgf000040_0002
An alternative (asymmetric) synthesis of compounds of formula (Dla), and compounds of formula (IHab) wherein X is CHOH, is shown in Scheme 2: Scheme 2
LDA or KHMDS
Figure imgf000041_0001
Ocor cat. OsOJIO.
Figure imgf000041_0003
Figure imgf000041_0002
H2O
Hydroboration
Figure imgf000041_0004
Figure imgf000041_0005
A further alternative (asymmetric) synthesis of compounds of formula (Hla), and compounds of formula (Dlab) wherein X is CHOH, is shown in Scheme 3:
Scheme 3
Figure imgf000042_0001
LiBH,
Figure imgf000042_0002
It will be appreciated that numerous other routes will be readily apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art, the route of choice depending upon the particular spiro-amine that is desired. The methodology described herein may be adapted accordingly. Thus, for instance, in addition to the processes outlined in Schemes 1, 2 and 3 above, amines of formula (DTa) may be prepared by other methods that would be readily apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art. For example, methods for the preparation of the spirocyclic amines are provided in the literature - see for instance, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 12 (2002) 1759-62 and International (PCT) Patent Publication No. WO 01/87838.
Compounds of formulae (IVa) and (IVab) may be prepared by conventional methods such as those described in International (PCT) Patent Publication No. WO 00/56727, for instance, by the oxidation of a corresponding vinyl compound using oxygen and ozone. The reaction is conveniently effected at a reduced temperature, such as at about -78°C, in the presence of an organic solvent such as an alcohol, for example, methanol, or a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, or a mixture thereof. Treatment with dimethylsulfide liberates the desired aldehyde.
According to a general process (Ab), compounds of formula (lb) in which m is zero and n is 2 or 3 may be prepared by the cyclization of a compound of formula (Hb) in the presence of an amine of the formula R10RπNH:
Figure imgf000043_0001
wherein LG1 and LG2 are independently leaving groups, such as mesylate, tosylate, brosylate, nosylate or triflate. Conveniently, LG1 and LG2 may be the same or different, for instance LG1 may be mesylate whilst LG2 may be tosylate.
The reaction is effected at an elevated temperature, for example, between 120° and 160°C, preferably at about 140°C, in a suitable solvent, such as an alcohol, for instance, methanol.
According to another general process (Bb), compounds of formula (lb) in which m is 1 and n is 1 or 2 may be prepared by the cyclization of a compound of formula (IJTo) in the presence of an amine of the formula R10RπNH:
Figure imgf000044_0001
wherein LG1 and LG2 are as previously defined.
The reaction is effected at an elevated temperature, for example, between 120° and 160°C, preferably at about 140°C, in a suitable solvent, such as an alcohol, for instance, methanol.
According to another general process (Cb), compounds of formula (lb) in which m is 2 and n is 2 may be prepared by the cyclization of a compound of formula (INb) in the presence of an amine of the formula R10RUΝH:
Figure imgf000044_0002
wherein LG1 and LG2 are as previously defined.
The reaction is effected at an elevated temperature, for example, between 120° and 160°C, preferably at about 140°C, in a suitable solvent, such as an alcohol, for instance, methanol.
Further details of suitable procedures will be found in the accompanying Examples. Compounds of formula (Hb) may be prepared from a compound of formula (Nb)
Figure imgf000045_0001
by reaction with a dihydroxylating agent such as AD-mix-α or AD-mix-β (see Aldrichimica Acta 1994, 27, 70), followed by conversion of the primary alcohol to the LG2 group.
The dihydroxylation reaction is conveniently effected at room temperature in a solvent such as an alcohol, for instance, tert-butanol, or water, or more preferably a mixture thereof.
The conversion of the primary alcohol to the LG group is effected in a conventional manner, for instance by reaction with the appropriate sulfonyl chloride in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine. The reaction is conveniently effected in a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, at a reduced temperature, such as below -20°C, and then at room temperature. Addition of dibutyltin oxide to the reaction conveniently promotes formation of the leaving group on the primary alcohol group.
Similarly, compounds of formula (Hib) may be prepared from a compound of formula (Nib)
Figure imgf000046_0001
Likewise, compounds of formula (IVb) may be prepared from a compound of formula (NHb)
Figure imgf000046_0002
Compounds of formula (Nb) may be prepared by reaction of an aldehyde of formula (NUTo)
Figure imgf000046_0003
(Villb) with a suitable Grignard reagent, such as CH2=CH(CH2)nCH2MgBr or CH2=CH(CH2)nCH2MgCl, followed by conversion of the secondary alcohol to the LG1 group.
The Grignard reaction is effected in the presence of a suitable solvent such as an ether, for instance, tetrahydrofuran, at a reduced temperature, for example, below - 40°C, and preferably at about -78°C.
The conversion of the secondary alcohol to the LG1 group is effected in a conventional manner, for instance by reaction with the appropriate sulfonyl chloride in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine. The reaction is conveniently effected in a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, at a reduced temperature, such as below -20°C, and then at room temperature.
Compounds of formula (Nπib) may be prepared by conventional methods such as those described in International (PCT) Patent Publication No. WO 00/56727, for instance, by the oxidation of a corresponding vinyl compound using oxygen and ozone. The reaction is conveniently effected at a reduced temperature, such as at about -78°C, in the presence of an organic solvent such as an alcohol, for example, methanol, or a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, or a mixture thereof. Treatment with dimethylsulfide liberates the desired aldehyde.
Compounds of formula (Nib) may be prepared from a compound of formula (Kb)
Figure imgf000047_0001
by reaction with a reducing agent such as a borohydride, for example, sodium borohydride, followed by conversion of the alcohol thus formed into the LG1 group as previously described. The reduction is effected in a suitable solvent such as an alcohol, for example, ethanol, at a reduced temperature such as between -10°C and +5°C, preferably at about 0°C.
Similarly, compounds of formula (VHb) may be prepared from a compound of formula (Xb)
Figure imgf000048_0001
Compounds of formula (IXb) may be prepared from a compound of formula (Xlb)
Figure imgf000048_0002
by reaction with, for example, an ylide such as that prepared from Ph3P+CH2OMeCl" in the presence of a strong base such as lithium diisopropylamide and a suitable solvent such as an ether, for example, tetrahydrofuran, followed by treatment with an acid such as a mineral acid, for example, aqueous hydrochloric acid.
Compounds of formula (Xlb) may be prepared from a compound of formula (Xllb)
Figure imgf000049_0001
by a suitable oxidation reaction, such as a Swern oxidation using dimethylsulfoxide and oxalyl chloride, and a base such as triethylamine. The reaction is conveniently effected in a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, at a reduced temperature, for example at about -78°C, and then warming to room temperature.
Compounds of formula (XHb) may be prepared from a compound of formula (Nπib) by reaction with a suitable Grignard reagent as previously described.
Compounds of formula (Xb) may be prepared from a compound of formula (LXb) under the conditions described above for the preparation of a compound of formula (IXb).
According to a general process (Ac), compounds of formula (Ic) in which A is
ΝR 19 and B is S(O)q (where q is zero) may be prepared by the reaction of a compound
19 of formula (Ee) in the presence of an amine of the formula R ΝH2:
Figure imgf000049_0002
wherein LG and LG are independently leaving groups, such as mesylate, tosylate,
1 9 brosylate, nosylate or triflate. Conveniently, LG and LG may be the same or different, for instance LG1 is may be mesylate whilst LG2 may be tosylate.
The reaction is effected at an elevated temperature, for example, between 120° and 160°C, preferably at about 140°C, in a suitable solvent, such as an alcohol, for instance, methanol.
According to another general process (Be), compounds of formula (Ic) in which A is S(O)q (where q is zero) and B is NR12 may be prepared from a compound of formula (ITIc)
Figure imgf000050_0001
wherein LG1 and LG2 are as previously defined, and P is an amine protecting group, by reaction with sodium sulfide, followed, if desired, by deprotection of the amine and subsequent alkylation of the amine to vary the group R12.
The cyclization reaction is effected in a suitable solvent such as acetone at an elevated temperature, for example, at the reflux temperature of the solvent.
A particularly suitable amine protecting group is an alkoxycarbonyl group such as tert-butoxycarbonyl, which is conveniently removed by treatment with trifluoroacetic acid in a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, at a reduced temperature, such as between -10°C and +5°C, for example, at about 0°C.
Further details of suitable procedures will be found in the accompanying Examples. Compounds of formula (He) may be prepared from a corresponding diol of formula (INc)
Figure imgf000051_0001
The conversion of the alcohols to the LG1 and LG2 groups is effected in a conventional manner, for instance by reaction with the appropriate sulfonyl chloride in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine. The reaction is conveniently effected in a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, at a reduced temperature, such as below -20°C, and then at room temperature.
Similarly, compounds of formula (Hie) may be prepared from a corresponding diol of formula (Nc)
Figure imgf000051_0002
Compounds of formula (INc) may be prepared from an epoxide of formula (NIc)
Figure imgf000052_0001
by reaction with HOCH2CH2SH in the presence of a base such as a hydroxide, for instance, potassium hydroxide. The reaction is conveniently effected in a solvent such as an alcohol, for example isopropanol, at an elevated temperature, for example at the reflux temperature of the solvent.
Compounds of formula (Vc) may be prepared from an epoxide of formula (Vic) by reaction with HOCH2CH2NH2 in a solvent such as an alcohol, for example methanol, at an elevated temperature, for example at the reflux temperature of the solvent, followed by protection of the secondary amine, for example with di-tert-butyl dicarbonate. This reaction is conveniently effected in a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, at room temperature.
Compounds of formula (Vic) may be prepared from a compound of formula (VIIc)
Figure imgf000052_0002
by reaction with trimethylsulfonium iodide in the presence of a base such as sodium hydride. The reaction is conveniently effected in a suitable solvent such as dimethylsulfoxide or an ether, such as tetrahydrofuran, or a mixture thereof, at a reduced temperature between -10°C and +5°C, for example, at about 0°C. Compounds of formula (VIIc) may be prepared by conventional methods such as those described in International (PCT) Patent Publication No. WO 00/56727, for instance, by the oxidation of a corresponding vinyl compound of formula (VDIc)
(Vlllc)
Figure imgf000053_0001
using oxygen and ozone. The reaction is conveniently effected at a reduced temperature, such as at about -78°C, in the presence of an organic solvent such as an alcohol, for example, methanol, or a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, or a mixture thereof. Treatment with dimethylsulfide liberates the desired aldehyde.
In an alternative method, compounds of formula (Vie) may be prepared directly from a compound of formula (VIHc) by an epoxidization reaction using a peracid, for example, m-chloroperbenzoic acid. The reaction is effected in a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, conveniently at room temperature.
Compounds of formula (VIHc) are known compounds or may be prepared by conventional methods such as those described in International (PCT) Patent Publication Nos. WO 00/56727 and WO 02/16344.
According to a general process (Ad), compounds of formula (Id) in which m is zero and n is 1 may be prepared by the cyclization of a compound of formula (Ed) in the presence of an amine of the formula RπNH2:
Figure imgf000054_0001
1 9 wherein LG and LG are independently leaving groups, such as mesylate, tosylate, brosylate, nosylate or triflate. Conveniently, LG1 and LG2 may be the same or different, for instance LG1 and LG2 may both be mesylate.
The reaction is effected at an elevated temperature, for example, between 120° and 160°C, preferably at about 140°C, in a suitable solvent, such as an alcohol, for instance, methanol.
According to another general process (Bd), compounds of formula (Id) in which m is 1 or 2 and n is zero may be prepared by the cyclization of a compound of formula ( ld) in the presence of an amine of the formula R lb NH2:
Figure imgf000054_0002
wherein LG1 and LG2 are as previously defined.
The reaction is effected at an elevated temperature, for example, between 120° and 160°C, preferably at about 140°C, in a suitable solvent, such as an alcohol, for instance, methanol. According to another general process (Cd), compounds of formula (Id) in which m is 2 and n is 1 may be prepared by the cyclization of a compound of formula (INd) in the presence of an amine of the formula R ΝH :
Figure imgf000055_0001
1 9 wherein LG and LG are as previously defined.
The reaction is effected at an elevated temperature, for example, between 120° and 160°C, preferably at about 130°C, in a suitable solvent, such as an alcohol, for instance, methanol.
With regard to general processes (Bd) and (Cd), it will be appreciated by one of ordinary skill in the art that the geminal hydroxyl group can be removed using conventional methodology.
Further details of suitable procedures will be found in the accompanying Examples.
Compounds of formula (Ed) may be prepared from a compound of formula (Vd)
Figure imgf000055_0002
The conversion of the primary and secondary alcohols to the LG1 and LG2 groups is effected in a conventional manner, for instance by reaction with the appropriate sulfonyl chloride (e.g. methanesulfonyl chloride) in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine. The reaction is conveniently effected in a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, at a reduced temperature, such as below -20°C, and then at room temperature.
Similarly, compounds of formula (Eld) may be prepared from a compound of formula (VId)
Figure imgf000056_0001
Likewise, compounds of formula (IVd) may be prepared from a compound of formula (VEd)
Figure imgf000056_0002
Compounds of formula (Vd) may be prepared from a compound of formula (VIEd)
(Vllld)
Figure imgf000057_0001
by reaction with ozone, followed by treatment with sodium borohydride.
The ozonolysis reaction is effected at a reduced temperature, for example, below -40°C, and preferably at about -78°C, in a suitable solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, or an alcohol, for example, methanol, or a mixture thereof.
Similarly, compounds of formula (VId) may be prepared from a compound of formula (IXd)
Figure imgf000057_0002
where Q is -CH= (for compounds where m is 1) or -CH2CH= (for compounds where m is 2).
Likewise, compounds of formula (VEd) may be prepared from a compound of formula (Xd)
Figure imgf000058_0001
Compounds of formula (NLEd) may be prepared by reaction of a compound of formula (Xld)
Figure imgf000058_0002
with a suitable Grignard reagent, such as CH2=CHCH2MgBr or CH2=CHCH2MgCl. The reaction is effected in the presence of a suitable solvent such as an ether, for instance, diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran, at a reduced temperature, for example, below -40°C, and preferably at about -78°C.
The stereochemistry of the intermediate of formula (VIEd) may be directed by the inclusion in the Grignard reaction of chlorobis[(15,2R,35',55')-2,6,6- trimethylbicyclo[3.1.1]hept-3-yl]borane ((+)-DIP-Cl) or chlorobis[(lR,2S,3R,5R)- 2,6,6-trimethylbicyclo[3.1.1]hept-3-yl]borane ((-)-DIP-Cl) which is conveniently pre- mixed with the allyl Grignard reagent at a reduced temperature, for instance, at about - 40°C, and warmed to about room temperature, before cooling and addition to the aldehyde of formula (Xld).
Compounds of formula (Xld) may be prepared by conventional methods such as those described in International (PCT) Patent Publication No. WO 00/56727, for instance, by the oxidation of a corresponding vinyl compound using oxygen and ozone. The reaction is conveniently effected at a reduced temperature, such as at about -78°C, in the presence of an organic solvent such as an alcohol, for example, methanol, or a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, or a mixture thereof. Treatment with dimethylsulfide liberates the desired aldehyde.
Compounds of formulae (TXd) where Q is -CH= and (Xd) may be prepared from a compound of formula (XEd)
Figure imgf000059_0001
by reaction with a suitable Grignard reagent, for instance, of the formula CH2=CHMgBr (for formula (IXd) where Q is -CH=) or CH2=CHCH2MgBr (for formula (Xd)). The reaction is effected in the presence of a suitable solvent such as an ether, for instance, diethyl ether or tetrahydrofuran, at a reduced temperature, for example, below -40°C, and preferably at about -78°C. Cerium (ET) chloride may be added to avoid reduction and enolization side reactions.
Compounds of formula (XEd) may be prepared from the corresponding carboxylic acid by conventional procedures, for instance, by reaction of the carboxylic acid with (trimethylsilyl)diazomethane and methanol in a suitable solvent such as toluene, conveniently at room temperature.
Compounds of formula (IXd) where Q is -CH2CH= may be prepared from a compound of formula (XEEd)
Figure imgf000060_0001
by reaction with a suitable Grignard reagent, such as CH2=CHMgBr or CH2=CHMgCl, as previously described.
Compounds of formula (XEId) may be prepared from a compound of formula (XINd)
Figure imgf000060_0002
by a suitable oxidation reaction, such as a Swern oxidation using dimethylsulfoxide and oxalyl chloride, and a base such as triethylamine. The reaction is conveniently effected in a solvent such as a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, at a reduced temperature, for example at about -78°C, and then warming to room temperature.
Compounds of formula (XlVd) may be prepared from a compound of formula (Xld) by reaction with a suitable Grignard reagent, such as CH2=CHCH2MgBr or CH2=CHCH2MgCl, as previously described. According to a general process (Ae), compounds of formula (le) may be prepared by the reaction of a compound of formula (Ee)
Figure imgf000061_0001
with an amine of the formula R 13 Rr> 14 N* H,
Figure imgf000061_0002
The reaction is effected at an elevated temperature, for example, between 110° and 150°C, preferably at about 130°C, in a suitable solvent, such as an alcohol, for instance, methanol.
Further details of suitable procedures will be found in the accompanying Examples.
Compounds of formula (Ee) may be prepared from a compound of formula (Ble)
Figure imgf000061_0003
by reaction with trimethylsulfonium iodide in the presence of a base such as sodium hydride. The reaction is conveniently effected in a suitable solvent such as dimethylsulfoxide or an ether, such as tetrahydrofuran, or a mixture thereof, at a reduced temperature between -10°C and +5°C, for example, at about 0°C.
Compounds of formula (TEe) may be prepared by conventional methods such as those described in International (PCT) Patent Publication No. WO 00/56727, for instance, by the oxidation of a corresponding vinyl compound using oxygen and ozone. The reaction is conveniently effected at a reduced temperature, such as at about -78°C, in the presence of an organic solvent such as an alcohol, for example, methanol, or a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, or a mixture thereof. Treatment with dimethylsulfide liberates the desired aldehyde.
Amines of use in the general process (Ae) are either known compounds, or may be prepared by methods well known to one of ordinary skill in the art. For example, methods for the preparation of the spirocyclic amines are provided in the literature - see for instance, Bioorg. Med. Chem. Lett., 12 (2002) 1759-62 and International (PCT) Patent Publication No. WO 01/87838.
According to a general process (Af), compounds of formula (If) wherein Rπ represents CO2C1-6alkyl and R12 represents OH, may be prepared by the treatment of a compound of the formula (Ef)
Figure imgf000062_0001
with a lithiating agent such as an alkyl lithium compound, for example, .sec-butyllithium in the presence of an organic base such as N,N,N',N'-tetramethyl- 1,2-ethanediamine, in a suitable solvent, such as an ether, for example, diethyl ether, at a reduced temperature, such as below -40°, and preferably at about -78°C; which treatment is followed by reaction with a compound of formula (Iflf)
Figure imgf000063_0001
The reaction is conveniently effected in a suitable solvent, such as an ether, for example, diethyl ether, at a reduced temperature, such as below -40°, and preferably at about -78°C.
According to another general process (Bf), compounds of formula (If) wherein
19 1 1 19 1 1
R is linked to R such that there is formed a ring, the linkage -R -R - being -OC(O)-, may be prepared by the interconversion of a compound of formula (If) wherein R11 represents CO2C1-6alkyl and R12 represents OH by treatment with a reducing agent such as a hydride, for instance sodium hydride, the reaction being effected in a suitable solvent such as an ether, for example, tetrahydrofuran, conveniently at about room temperature.
According to another general process (Cf), compounds of formula (If) wherein
1 1 19
R represents hydrogen and R represents OH (which compounds may themselves serve as precursors for further derivatization of the amino moiety, may be prepared by the interconversion of a compound of formula (If) wherein R12 is linked to R11 such that there is formed a ring, the linkage -R12-Ru- being -OC(O)-, by treatment with lithium hydroxide, the reaction being effected in a suitable solvent such as an ether, for example, tetrahydrofuran, and alcohol, for example, methanol, or water, or a mixture thereof, at an elevated temperature, such as between 40°C and 60°C, preferably at about 50°C.
Further details of suitable procedures will be found in the accompanying Examples.
Compounds of formula (Ef) are either known compounds or they may be prepared by methods readily apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art- Compounds of formula (TEf) may be prepared by conventional methods such as those described in International (PCT) Patent Publication No. WO 00/56727, for instance, by the oxidation of a corresponding vinyl compound using oxygen and ozone. The reaction is conveniently effected at a reduced temperature, such as at about -78°C, in the presence of an organic solvent such as an alcohol, for example, methanol, or a halogenated hydrocarbon, for example, dichloromethane, or a mixture thereof. Treatment with dimethylsulfide liberates the desired aldehyde.
It will be appreciated that the general methodology described above may be adapted, using methods that are readily apparent to one of ordinary skill in the art, in order to prepare further compounds of the present invention. In particular, compounds of formula (I) may be interconverted into further compounds of formula (I) using conventional synthetic techniques such as N-alkylation or O-alkylation, oxidation or reduction.
Thus, for instance, a compound of formula (la), (lab) or (lb) wherein X is CHOH may be converted into a corresponding compound of formula (la), (lab) or (lb) respectively wherein X is C=O by reaction with a strong oxidizing agent, such as Dess-Martin periodinane, to afford the desired ketone.
Also, for instance, for the compounds of formula (Ic), the NR12 moiety where R12 is hydrogen may be alkylated by reaction with a suitable alkyl halide, such as methyl iodide or ethyl iodide, conveniently at about room temperature, in the presence of an acid acceptor such as potassium carbonate or N,N-diisopropylethylamine.
In another example of such interconversion reactions, the sulfur atom of the thiomorpholine ring of the compounds of formula (Ic) may be oxidized using, for instance, sodium metaperiodate in acetic acid to afford the corresponding sulfoxide or sulfone.
Also, for instance, the compounds of formula (Id) having the NR11 moiety where R11 is hydrogen and NH moieties in the compounds of formulae (le) and (If) may be alkylated by reaction with a suitable alkyl halide, such as methyl iodide or ethyl iodide, conveniently at about room temperature, in the presence of an acid acceptor such as potassium carbonate or N,N-diisopropylethylamine.
In another example of such interconversion reactions, a compound of formula (le) or (If) wherein Z is S may be converted into a corresponding compound of formula (le) or (If) respectively wherein Z is SO or S(O)2 by an oxidation reaction using, for instance, sodium metaperiodate in acetic acid to afford the desired sulfoxide or sulfone. Other general methods that may be adapted to the synthesis of the pyran acetal derivatives of the present invention are described in International (PCT) Patent Publication Nos. WO 00/56727 and WO 02/16344.
During any of the above synthetic sequences it may be necessary and/or desirable to protect sensitive or reactive groups on any of the molecules concerned. This may be achieved by means of conventional protecting groups, such as those described in Protective Groups in Organic Chemistty, ed. J.F.W. McOmie, Plenum Press, 1973; and T.W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, 1991. The protecting groups may be removed at a convenient subsequent stage using methods known from the art.
The exemplified compounds of this invention were tested by the methods set out at pages 36 to 39 of International Patent Specification No. WO 93/01165. The compounds were found to be active with IC50 at the NKi receptor of less than lOOnM on said test method.
The following non-limiting Examples serve to illustrate the preparation of compounds of the present invention:
DESCRIPTION 1 Piperidine-l,4-dicarboxylic acid 1-benzyl ester 4-ethyl ester
A solution of benzyl chloroformate (95g, 0.56mol) in dichloromethane (200ml) was added dropwise to an ice-bath-cooled, stirred mixture of ethyl isonipecotate (87g, 0.55mol), sodium carbonate (60g, 0.57mol) and dichloromethane (200ml) over 70 minutes. The mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2.5 days and filtered though a pad of Celite™. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between 2M aqueous hydrochloric acid and diethyl ether. Organic layer was separated, dried (MgSO ), filtered and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed on silica gel (ethyl acetate/iso-hexane) to give the title product (152g, 94%).
1H NMR (360 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.41-7.27 (5H, m), 5.12 (2H, s), 4.22-3.99 (2H, m), 4.14 (2H, q, /7.4Hz), 2.93 (2H, br t, / 11.6Hz), 2.45 (2H, m), 1.97-1.81 (2H, m), 1.74-1.56 (2H, m), 1.25 (3H, t, ./7.4Hz). DESCRIPTION 2 4-[2-(fe/ -ButyldimethyIsiIyloxy)-l-hydroxyethyI]-piperidine-l,4-dicarboxyIic acid 1-benzyl ester 4-ethyl ester
A solution of piperidine-l,4-dicarboxylic acid 1 -benzyl ester 4-ethyl ester (Description 1; lOg, 34.4rnmol) in tetrahydrofuran (100ml) was cooled to -78°C. Lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (l.OM in tetrahydrofuran, 50ml, 50mmol) was added dropwise and the mixture stirred, allowing to warm to room temperature over 1.5 hours. The orange solution was re-cooled to -78°C and {tert- butyldimethylsilyloxy)acetaldehyde (lOg, 57.3mmol) added. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature over 2.5 hours, then quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride solution. The reaction mixture was partitioned between diethyl ether and water. The organic layer was dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica, eluting with 5 -15% diethyl ether/dichloromethane, to give the title compound (12.4g, 78%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.36-7.35 (5H, m), 5.30 (2H, s), 4.21 (2H, q, J 7.1Hz), 4.15-4.04 (2H, m), 3.66-3.57 (3H, m), 2.83 (2H, d, J4.3Hz), 2.23-2.05 (2H, m), 1.63- 1.56 (2H, m), 1.29 (3H, t, /7.1Hz), 0.88 (9H, s), 0.06 (6H, s).
DESCRIPTION 3 4-(l,2-Dihydroxyethyl)-4-hydroxymethyI-piperidine-l-carboxylic acid benzyl ester
Lithium borohydride (lg, 45mmol) was added portionwise to a solution of 4-[2-(tert- butyldimefhylsilyloxy)- 1 -hydroxyethyl] -piperidine- 1 ,4-dicarboxylic acid 1 -benzyl ester 4-ethyl ester (Description 2; 11.2g, 24.1mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (75ml). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched by addition of saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution, then partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was dried (MgSO ) and concentrated in vacuo to give the diol. This was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (50ml). Tetrabutylammonium fluoride (l.OM in tetrahydrofuran, 32ml, 32mmol) was added and the reaction stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The mixture was partitioned between water and ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica, eluting with 1, 2, 5 and 10% methanol/ethyl acetate, to give the title compound (5.4g, 73%).
1H NMR (360 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.39-7.29 (5H, m), 5.13 (2H, s), 3.82-3.70 (6H, m), 3.54 (IH, t, 74.7Hz), 3.26-2.74 (5H, m), 1.73-1.54 (3H, m), 1.39-1.31 (IH, m).
DESCRIPTION 4
4-Hydrosy-2-osa-§-asa-spiro[4.5]decane-8-carbosylk acid bensyl ester Diethyl azodicarboxylate (1.4g, S.lmmol) was added to a solution of 4-(l,2- dihydroxyethyl)-4-hydroxymethyl-piperidine-l -carboxylic acid benzyl ester (Description 3; 2g, 6.5mmol) and triphenylphospliine (2.4g, 9.1mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (40ml). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours then the solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica, eluting with 1, 2 and 4% methanol / dichloromethane, to give the title compound (1.43g, 76%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.38-7.30 (5H, m), 5.13 (2H, s), 4.12-4.08 (IH, m), 4.02-3.99 (IH, m), 3.74-3.65 (5H, m), 3.39-3.33 (IH, m), 3.27-3.20 (IH, m), 1.89- 1.87 (IH, m), 1.82-1.76 (IH, m), 1.59-1.54 (IH, m), 1.51-1.48 (2H, m).
DESCRIPTION 5 4-[2-(før^-Butyldimethylsilyloxy)-l-hydroxyethyl]-piperidine-4-dicarboxylic acid l-(l,l-dimethylethyl) ester 4-ethyl ester
The title compound was prepared as described in Description 2 from piperidine-1,4- dicarboxylic acid 1 -tert-butyl ester 4-ethyl ester.
1H NMR (360 MHz, CDC13): δ 4.21 (2H, q, /7.0Hz), 4.08-3.90 (2H, m), 3.75-3.50 (3H, m), 2.89-2.69 (2H, m), 2.19 (IH, m), 2.03 (IH, m), 1.57 (2H, dt, /4.6, 13.0Hz), 1.45 (9H, s), 1.29 (3H, t, 77.4Hz), 0.89 (9H, s), 0.06 (6H, s).
DESCRIPTION 6 4-(l,2-Dihydrosyethyl)-4-hydrosymethyl-piperidine-l-carbo-syl cid 1,1- dimethylethyl ester
The title compound was prepared as described in Description 3 from the product of Description 5. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 3.80-3.60 (6H, m), 3.55 (IH, m), 3.24-3.02 (3H, m), 1.73-1.48 (4H, m), 1.45 (9H, s), 1.33 (IH, m).
DESCRIPTION 7 4-Hydro-sy-2-o-∑a-8-a_.a-spiro[4.S]decane-8-carbθ-sylic aci 1,1-dimethylethyl ester
The title compound was prepared as described in Description 4 from the product of
Description 6.
1H NMR(400 MHz, CDC13): δ 4.11 (IH, dd, 74.7, 10.2Hz), 4.01 (IH, dt, 71.6,
4.7Hz), 3.74 (IH, d, 78.6Hz), 3.73 (IH, dd, 72.0, 10.7Hz), 3.67 (IH, d, 78.6Hz),
3.63 (2H, m), 3.27 (IH, dt, 76.3, 13.7Hz), 3.14 (IH, ddd, 73.5, 9.0, 12.9Hz), 1.82
(IH, d, 5:5Hz), 1.77 (IH, ddd, 73.9, 9.0, 13.3Hz), 1.56 (IH, ddd, 73.5, 6.3,
13.3Hz), 1.50-1.45 (2H, m), 1.46 (9H, s).
DESCRIPTION 8 (R5)-2-Oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4-ol hydrochloride
4-Hydroxy-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane-8-carboxylic acid 1,1-dimethylethyl ester
(Description 7; 0.86g, 3.3mmol) was stirred overnight in 2M ethereal hydrogen chloride. The mixture was filtered and the solid dried to give the title compound
(0.5g, 77%).
1H NMR (360 MHz, MeOH- ): δ 4.15-4.06 (2H, m), 3.71-3.61 (3H, m), 3.69-3.13
(4H, m), 2.08-2.03 (IH, m), 1.80-1.74 (3H, m).
DESCRIPTION 9
(4R)-4-[(15,4R)-4,7,7-Trimethyl-3-oxo-2-oxa-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-l- carbonyloxy]-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane-8-carboxylic acid benzyl ester and (4S)-4-[(lS',4R)-4,7,7-Trimethyl-3-oxo-2-oxa-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-l- carbonyløι_y]-2-oxa-8-asa-spiro[4.5]decanβ-8-carbøxyIk acid foensyl ester (l$)-(-)-Camphanic chloride (335mg, 1.54mmol) was added to a stirred solution of 4- hydroxy-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane-8-carboxylic acid benzyl ester (Description 4; 300mg, 1.03 mmol), triethylamine (0.4ml, 2.9mmol) and
4-N,N-dimethylaminopyridine (15mg, 0.12mmol) in dichloromethane (5ml). The mixture was stirred overnight and diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3, 2M HCI and water. The organic phase was dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified on silica (i-hexane:ethyl acetate) to give the title ester as a mixture of diastereoisomers (460mg). Diastereoisomers were separated on prep. HPLC (HIRPB, acetonitrile: 0.1% aq. trifluoroacetic acid) to give isomer A (190mg) and isomer B (195mg).
Isomer A: (4S)-isomer of the title compound
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.41 (5H, m), 5.13 (2H, s), 5.11 (IH, dd, 7 1.6, 4.7Hz),
4.27 (IH, dd, 74.7, 11.3Hz), 3.87 (IH, d, 78.6Hz), 3.77 (IH, dd, 72.0, 11.3Hz), 3.77-
3.67 (2H, m), 3.67-3.58 (IH, m), 3.40 (IH, dt, 76.3, 14.1Hz), 3.21 (IH, m), 2.38 (IH, ddd, 74.3, 11.0, 13.7Hz), 2.05 (IH, dt, 74.7, 9.4, 13.7Hz), 1.94 (IH, ddd, 74.3, 10.6,
12.9Hz), 1.77-1.67 (2H, m), 1.66-1.56 (3H, m), 1.12 (3H, s), 1.07 (3H, s), 0.96 (3H, s).
Isomer B: (4R)-isomer of the title compound
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.40-7.29 (5H, m), 5.13 (2H, s), 5.11 (IH, dd, / 1.6, 4.7Hz), 4.27 (IH, dd, 75.1, 11.3Hz), 3.87 (IH, d, 78.6Hz), 3.77-3.66 (3H, m), 3.40 (IH, dt, 76.3, 14.4Hz), 3.21 (IH, m), 2.43 (IH, ddd, 74.3, 10.6, 13.3Hz), 2.01 (IH, ddd, 74.7, 9.0, 13.3Hz), 1.93 (IH, ddd, 74.3, 10.6, 12.9Hz), 1.80-1.65 (3H, m), 1.64- 1.56 (3H, m), 1.12 (3H, s), 1.04 (3H, s), 0.97 (3H, s).
DESCRIPTION 10 (15,4R)-4,7,7-Trimethyl-3-oxo-2-oxa-bkyclo[2.2.1]heptane-l-carboxylic acid (47?)-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]dec-4-yl ester trifluoroacetate
A mixture of isomer B of the product of Description 9 (130mg, 0.27mmol), palladium on carbon (10%, 73mg), trifluoroacetic acid (0.1ml) and ethanol (20ml) was stirred at room temperature under H2 atmosphere (balloon) for 30 minutes, and then filtered through a pad of Celite™ and concentrated to give the title compound (130mg). 1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOH-J4): δ 5.19 (IH, dd, 72.0, 4.7Hz), 4.29 (IH, dd, 75.0, 10.8Hz), 3.86 (IH, d, 78.8Hz), 3.76 (IH, dd, 72.0, 11.1Hz), 3.69 (IH, d, 8.8Hz), 3.26-3.11 (3H, m), 3.03 (IH, ddd, 73.5, 8.8, 12.6Hz), 2.50 (IH, ddd, 76.1, 12.6, 15.2Hz), 2.09-1.90 (3H, m), 1.98-1.74 (3H, m), 1.63 (IH, m), 1.64-1.56 (3H, m), 1.10 (3H, s), 1.08 (3H, s), 0.97 (3H, s). DESCRIPTION 11
2-[l-{(2^,3fi,4fi)-2-[(LK)-l-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)-tetrahydropyran-4-carbaldelιyde
N-Methylmorpholine N-oxide (Ig, 8.6mmol) and osmium tetroxide (2ml, 2.5% solution in fert-butanol) were added to a solution of (2R,3R,45)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4-fluorophenyl)-4-vinyl-tetrahydropyran (see Example 147 in WO 00/56727; 2g, 4.3mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (25ml) and water (10ml). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for one hour before sodium periodate (9g, 43mmol) was added. This mixture was stirred for 45 minutes and then filtered through Celite™. The filtrate was diluted with ethyl acetate (50ml) and washed with brine. The organic extracts were dried and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed on silica gel eluting with ethyl acetate / iso-hexanes to give the title compound (1.6g, 80%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 9.47 (IH, s), 7.70 (IH, s), 7.27 (2H, s), 7.15-7.12 (2H, m), 6.99-6.95 (2H, m), 4.97 (IH, q, 76.6Hz), 4.28-4.16 (2H, m), 3.60-3.58 (IH, m), 3.00 (IH, dd, /7.3, 10.6Hz), 2.80-2.70 (lH,m), 1.85-1.81 (2H, m), 1.39 (3H, d, / 6.6Hz).
DESCRIPTION 12 (lS,4R)-4,7,7-Trimethyl-3-oxo-2-oxa-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-l-carboxylic acid (45)-8-{(2R53R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)-tetrahydropyran-4-ylmethyl}-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]dec-4-yl ester
Palladium hydroxide (20% on carbon, 20mg) was added as a slurry in ethanol to a solution of isomer A of the product of Description 9 (120mg, 0.25mmol) in ethanol (5ml). The mixture was hydrogenated in a Parr apparatus (45 psi) for 30 minutes then filtered through Celite™ and washed with ethanol. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo. The residue and 2-[l-{(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4-fluorophenyl)-tetrahydropyran-4- carbaldehyde (Description 11; 232mg, 0.5mmol) were suspended in 1,2-dichloroethane (10ml) and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Sodium triacetoxyborohydride (105mg, 0.5mmol) was added and the reaction stirred overnight at room temperature. The mixture was partitioned between dichloromethane and brine. The organic layer was dried (MgSO ) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography, eluting with 7.5% methanol/dichloromethane, to give the title compound (138mg, 70%). m/z (ES+) 786 (M+H)+.
DESCRIPTION 13 (lS,4i?f)-4,797-Trimethyl-3-oso-2-o-fa-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-l-carbosylic cid
(4«)-8-{(2«53i?J4«)-2-[(li?)-l-(3sS-bi§(trifluørometlιyl)phenyl)ethojiy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)-tetrahydropyran-4-ylmethyI}-2-oxa-8-aga-spiro[4.5]dec-4-yI ester Solid sodium triacetoxyborohydride (107mg, 0.504mmol) was added to a stirred mixture of 2-[l-{ (2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)-tetrahydropyran-4-carbaldehyde (Description 11; 121mg, 0.36mmol), (lS,4R)-4,7,7-trimethyl-3-oxo-2-oxa-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-l-carboxylic acid (4R)-2- oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]dec-4-yl ester trifluoroacetate (Description 10; 130mg), triethylamine (0.1ml, 0.72mmol) and dichloromethane (3ml) at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 45 minutes, quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and extracted into dichloromethane. The organic extract was dried (Na2SO ) and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (dichloromethane:methanol) to give the title compound (lOOmg). The HCI salt was prepared and recrystallised from ethyl acetate:methanol.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.67 (IH, s), 7.17 (2H, s), 7.02-6.89 (4H, m), 4.98 (IH, m), 4.95 (IH, q, / 6.3Hz), 4.23-4.08 (3H, m), 3.68 (IH, d, / 8.6Hz), 3.66 (IH, dd, / 1.6, 9.4Hz), 3.58-3.45 (2H, m), 2.50-2.33 (3H, m), 2.25-1.83 (8H, m), 1.81-1.65 (2H, m), 1.57-1.40 (3H, m), 1.36 (3H, d, /6.6Hz), 1.11 (3H, s), 1.02 (3H, s), 0.94 (3H, s); m/z (ES+) 786 (M+H)+.
DESCRIPTION 14 (lιS,4i?)-4,7,7-Trimethyl-3-oxo-2-oxa-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-l-carboκylic acid
(4JR)-8-{(2^,3«s4«)-2-[(lfi)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyI)eflιoxy]-3-(3- bromo-4-fluorophenyϊ)-tetrahydropyran-4-ylmethyl}-2-øxa-8-asa-spϊro[4.5]dec- 4-yl ester (i) (2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(3-bromo-4- fluorophenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-carbaldehyde a) (3-Bromo-4-fluorophenyl)acetic acid 3-bromopropyl ester (3-Bromo-4-fluorophenyl)acetyl chloride (30.2g, 0.12mol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (70mL) and the solution was cooled to 0°C. 3-Bromopropanol (24.7g, 0.177mol) in dichloromethane (30mL) was added dropwise and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was washed with water, brine, dried (MgSO4) and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The resulting oil was purified on silica using 5-10% ethyl acetate in hexane to give the product (36g, 82%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.48 (IH, dd, / 2.3, 6.5Hz), 7.19 (IH, ddd, / 2.3, 4.6, 8.5Hz), 7.10 (IH, t, / 8.4Hz), 4.25 (2H, t, /6.1Hz), 3.58 (2H, s), 3.41 (2H, t, /6.6Hz), 2.17 (2H, quintet, /6.2Hz).
b) (3-Bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-3,4,5,6-tetrahydrohydropyran-2-one
Sodium hydride (4.62g, O.llmol) was suspended in dimethylformamide (200mL) and the suspension was warmed to 60°C. To this was added dropwise (3-bromo-4- fluoro)phenylacetic acid 3-bromopropyl ester (from step a) above; 35.3g) in dimethylformamide (20mL) and the mixture was stirred for 30min until all gas evolution ceased. The mixture was cooled and quenched with water (lOmL) cautiously, and then diluted with water (1500mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3xl00mL). The pooled organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO ) and evaporated. The crude residue was purified by chromatography on silica using 10- 30% ethyl acetate in hexane as eluant to give the lactone (17.1g, 63%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.44 (IH, dd, / 2.3, 6.2Hz), 7.17 (IH, ddd, / 2.2, 4.6, 8.5Hz), 7.07 (IH, t, / 8.4Hz), 4.45 (2H, m), 3.72 (IH, dd, / 6.8, 10.2Hz), 2.30 (IH, m), 2.03 (3H, m).
c) (±) 3-Bromo-(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-3s4,5,6-tetrahydrohydrøpyran-2-one (3-Bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-3,4,5,6-tetrahydrohydropyran-2-one (from step b) above; 14.82g, 0.054mol) was dissolved in carbon tetrachloride (200mL) and benzoyl peroxide (lOOmg) and N-bromosuccinimide (11.63g, 0.065mol) were added. The mixture was heated cautiously to reflux and maintained at reflux for 3h. The mixture was cooled, filtered and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by chromatography on silica using 10-100% ethyl acetate in hexane as eluant to give the bromide (17.9g, 95%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.84 (IH, dd, 72.6, 6.3Hz)3 7.57 (IH, ddd, 72.6, 4.4, 8.8Hz), 7.13 (IH, t, 7 8.6Hz), 4.62 (IH, m), 4.42 (IH, m), 2.80-2.60 (2H, m), 2.38 (IH, m), 2.30 (IH, m), 1.88 (IH, m).
d) 3-(3-Bromo-4-fluorophβnyI)-5,6-dmydropyran-2-one
(±) 3-Bromo-(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-3,4,5,6-tetrahydrohydropyran-2-one (from step c) above; 17.9g, 0.05 Imol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (200mL) and lithium bromide (6.6g, 0.076mol) and lithium carbonate (5.6g, 0.076mol) were added. The mixture was heated at reflux for 3h, then cooled. The mixture was filtered to remove inorganic material. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the crude residue was purified by chromatography on silica using 10-50% ethyl acetate in hexane as eluant to give the enone (11.36g, 82%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.68 (IH, dd, 72.8, 6.6Hz), 7.41 (IH, ddd, / 2.2, 4.6, 8.6Hz), 7.11 (IH, t, 78.4Hz), 7.00 (IH, t, 74.6Hz), 4.49 (2H, t, 76.3Hz), 2.64 (2H, dt, /4.6, 6.2Hz).
e) (±) 3-(3-Bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-4-vinyl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydrohydropyran-2-one
Copper iodide (375mg, 5 mol%) was suspended in tetrahydrofuran (300mL) and the mixture was cooled to -78°C. To this mixture was added vinylmagnesium chloride (25mL, 1.7M) followed by dropwise addition of 3-(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-5,6- dihydropyran-2-one (from step d) above; 10.64g, 0.039mol) and trimethylsilyl chloride (4.97mL, 0.039mol). The reaction progress was monitored by thin layer chromatography. The reaction mixture was quenched by pouring, via double-ended needle, onto ammonium chloride (saturated aqueous solution). The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to remove tetrahydrofuran and the residue was extracted with ethyl acetate (3x200mL). The pooled organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated. The crude residue re-dissolved in tetrahydrofuran and 1,8- diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (0.3mL) was added. This solution was stirred for 4h. Tetrahydrofuran was removed in vacuo and the residue was purified by chromatography on silica using 30-50% ethyl acetate in hexane as eluant to give the vinyl lactone (11.5g, 80%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.37 (IH, d, / 6.6Hz), 7.09 (2H, d, / 7.5Hz), 5.61 (IH, d, 7 10.3Hz)3 4.92 (IH, d, 17.1Hz), 4.57- 4.43 (2H, m), 3.44 (IH, d, 7 10.9Hz), 2.78 (IH, m), 2.16 (IH, m), 1.96 (IH, m).
f) (±) 3-(3-Bromo-4-fϊuørophenyl)-4-vinyltetrahydropyran-2-øl
(±) 3-(3-Bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-4-vinyl-3,4,5,6-tetral ydrohydropyran-2-one (from step e) above; 9.5g, 0.032mol) was dissolved in ethanol (90mL) and cerium (IE) chloride was added. The resulting solution was cooled to -30°C and sodium borohydride (1.2g, 0.032mol) was added portionwise. The mixture was stirred for 30min and was then quenched with acetone (18mL). The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was dispersed between ethyl acetate and water. The mixture was filtered through Celite™ to remove inorganic material. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine and dried (MgSO4). The solvent was removed in vacuo to give the lactol as a yellow solid (9.07g, 94%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 3:2 mixture: δ 7.48 (0.4H, m), 7.37 (0.6H, m), 7.20-7.16 (0.4H, m), 7.12-7.00 (1.6H, m), 5.51-5.40 (IH, m), 5.16 (0.4H, s), 4.96-4.82 (2H, m), 4.73 (0.6H, dd, 7 2.6, 8.1Hz), 4.22-4.10 (IH, m), 3.75-3.67 (IH, m), 2.97 (0.4H, m), 2.84 (0.6H, m), 2.71 (0.4H, dd, / 2.8, 11.8Hz), 2.54-2.45 (0.6H, m), 2.40-2.32 (IH, m), 1.80-1.60 (2H, m).
g) (2R,3R,45)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(3-bromo-4- fluorophenyl)-4-vinyltetrahydropyran
(±) 3-(3-Bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-4-vinyltetrahydropyran-2-ol (from step f) above; 10.32g, 0.034mol), (lR)-3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenylethanol (llg, 0.042mol), Amberlyst™ (5g) and molecular sieves (8g) were suspended in dichloromethane (20mL) and the mixture was shaken at 40°C for 3 days. The resulting yellow solution was filtered, concentrated in vacuo and was purified by chromatography on silica using 1-5% ethyl acetate in hexane as eluant to give a mixture of isomers 1-3 (which were retained) and the desired isomer 4 (3.6g, 20%) as a colourless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.69 (IH, s), 7.26-7.21 (3H, m), 6.98 (IH, t / 8.4Hz), 6.91 (IH, m), 5.43 (IH, ddd, / 7.1, 10.5, 17.4Hz), 4.95 (IH, q, / 6.6Hz), 4.83 (IH, d, / 10.6Hz), 4.80 (IH, d, 7 17.4Hz), 4.16 (IH, d, 7 8.3Hz), 4.14 (IH, m), 3.56 (IH, m), 2.49 (IH, dd, 78.3, 11.6Hz), 2.38 (IH, m), L75-1.60 (2H, m), 1.40 (3H, d, 76.6Hz).
h) (2i?,3«,4^)-2-[(lK)-l-(3,5-Bi§(trϊfluoromethyl)phenyl)ethøxy]-3-(3-bromo-4- luorøphenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-carbaldehyde
(2R,3R,45)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(3-bromo-4-fluoro- phenyl)-4-vinyltetralιydropyran (from step g); 0.5g, 0.924mol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (lOmL) and methanol (7mL) and ozone was bubbled through the solution at -78 °C until a blue coloration persisted. The solution was purged with nitrogen and dimethyl sulfide (0.6mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was allowed to stir overnight. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The combined organic phase was dried (MgSO4) and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica using 10-20% ethyl acetate in hexane as eluant to afford the product aldehyde as a colourless oil (170mg, 34%).
1HNMR (CDCI3): δ 1.42 (3H, d, 76.6Hz), 1.78-1.89 (2H, m), 2.68-2.74 (IH, m), 3.01 (IH, dd, 77.1, 10.3Hz), 3.59-3.64 (IH, m), 4.10-4.19 (IH, m), 4.28 (IH, d, 77.1Hz), 4.97 (1 H, q, / 6.6Hz), 7.03 (IH, t, / 8.3Hz), 7.08-7.11 (IH, m), 7.31 (2H, s), 7.39 (IH, dd, /2.2, 6.6Hz), 7.72 (IH, s), 9.51 (IH, d, / 1.5Hz).
(ii) (15,4R)-4,7,7-Trimethyl-3-oxo-2-oxa-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-l-carboxylic acid (4R)-8-{(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(3- bromo-4-fluorophenyl)-tetrahydropyran-4-ylmethyl}-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]dec- 4-yl ester
(lS,4R)-4,7,7-Trimethyl-3-oxo-2-oxa-bicyclo[2.2. l]heptane-l-carboxylic acid (4R)-8- aza-8-benzyloxycarbonyl-2-oxa-spiro[4.5]dec-4-yl ester (Description 9, isomer B; lOOmg, 0.21mmol) was dissolved in methanol (20ml) and trifluoroacetic acid (0.1ml) and Pd (10% on carbon, 20mg) were added under nitrogen. The mixture was purged with hydrogen gas and stirred for 30 min under a balloon of hydrogen. The mixture was purged with nitrogen and filtered to remove catalyst; solvents were removed in vacuo to give the amine as a colourless oil. m/z 338 ( + + 1, 100%).
The amine salt was dissolved in dichloroethane (3ml) and triethylamine (0.056ml, 0.4mmol) followed by (2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]- 3-(3-bromo-4-fluorophenyl)tetral ydropyran-4-carbaldehyde (Description 14(i); 130mg, 0.25mmol) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (63mg, 0.318mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred for 30min. The mixture was then diluted with dichloromethane and washed with sodium bicarbonate (saturated aqueous solution). The organic extracts were pooled, washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel using 1-5% methanol in dichloromethane as eluant. This afforded the product as a white solid (150mg, 83%).
This was further purified by recrystallisation of the HCI salt from ether-ethyl acetate to give the product as white crystals (140mg).
1H NMR (500MHz, CDC13): δ 7.69 (IH, s), 7.22 (IH, dd overlapped, / 2.0Hz), 7.21 (3H, s), 6.98 (IH, t, / 8.3Hz), 6.92-6.89 (IH, m), 5.00 (IH, dd, / 1.3, 4.5Hz), 4.95 (IH, q, / 6.6Hz), 4.18 (IH, dd, / 11.5, 4.7Hz), 4.17-4.13 (IH, m), 4.10 (IH, d, / 8.3Hz), 3.72 (IH, d, / 8.3Hz), 3.66 (IH, d, / 11.0Hz), 3.54 (IH, d, / 8.5Hz), 3.50 (IH, br d), 2.43-2.33 (3H, m), 2.17-2.11 (IH, m), 2.07-1.83 (9H, m), 1.72-1.62 (2H, m), 1.50-1.38 (3H, m), 1.38 (3H, d, / 6.6Hz), 1.11 (3H, s), 1.02 (3H, s), 0.94 (3H, s); m/z (ES+) 864 (M++1, 100%), 866 (M++1, 95%).
DESCRIPTION 15
[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(3,4- difluorophenyl)-tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methanol
Sodium borohydride (24mg, 0.63mmol) was added to solution of 2-[l-{(2R,3R,4R)-2- [(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)- tetrahydropyran-4-carbaldehyde (see Example 2 in WO 02/16344; 107mg, 0.23mmol) in methanol (3ml). The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes then quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and extracted into ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were dried and concentrated to give the title compound (104mg). 1H NMR (360 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.70 (IH, s), 7.21 (2H, s), 7.05 (IH, m), 6.97 (IH, ddd, / 1.8, 7.4, 10.9Hz), 6.79 (IH, m), 4.97 (IH, q, 76.7Hz), 4.22-4.11 (2H, m), 3.55 (IH, dt, 72.5, 12.3Hz), 3.39 (IH, m), 3.24 (IH, m), 2.57 (IH, dd, 78.4, 11.2Hz), 1.94- 1.78 (2H, m), 1.68 (IH, m), 1.39 (3H3 d, 76.7Hz), 1.18 (IH, m).
DESCRIPTION 16 Methane§ulfonk acid [(2^,3^54«)-2-[(li?)-l-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)- phenyl)ethosy]-3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-fetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl ester Methanesulfonyl chloride (50μl, 0.63mmol) was added to a mixture of [(2R,3R,4R)-2- [(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)- tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methanol (Description 15; 235mg, 0.49mmol), triethylamine (133ml, 0.97mmol), 4-N,N-dimethylaminopyridine (3mg, 0.02mmol) and dichloromethane (5ml) at 0°C. The mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, then quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 and extracted into dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were dried and concentrated. The product was used in the next step without further purification.
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.70 (IH, s), 7.20 (2H, s), 7.09 (IH, dt, 78.6, 9.8Hz), 6.88 (IH, ddd, 72.0, 7.4, ll.OHz), 6.81 (IH, m), 4.97 (IH, q, 76.7Hz), 4.21-4.12 (2H, m), 3.95 (IH, dd, 73.1, 9.8Hz), 3.80 (IH, dd, 77.4, 10.2Hz), 3.55 (2H, dt, 72.4, 12.1Hz), 2.90 (3H, s), 2.58 (IH, dd, / 8.2, 11.7Hz), 2.12 (IH, m), 1.86 (IH, m), 1.78- 1.66 (IH, m), 1.39 (3H, d, /6.7Hz).
DESCRIPTION 17 l-Oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane Hydrochloride
(i) l,l-Dimethylethyl 4-hydroxy-4-(3-trimethylsilyloxypropynyl)-l- piperidinecarboxylate
Trimethyl(2-propynyloxy)silane (11.54ml, 9.62g, 75mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred, cooled (-5°C) solution of ethyl magnesium bromide (1M in tetrahydrofuran, 75ml, 75mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (150ml), maintaining the internal temperature below 0°C. The mixture was stirred at 0°C for 30 minutes, then at room temperature for 90 minutes. The mixture was cooled to -5°C and 1,1-dimethylethyl 4-oxo-l- piperidinecarboxylate (15.0g, 75mmol) was added slowly, maintaining the internal temperature below 0°C. The mixture was stirred at 0°C for 3 hours then at room temperature for 96 hours. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (300ml), water (100ml) and ethyl acetate (300ml) were added and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (200ml) and the combined organic fractions were dried (MgSO4) and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (24.4g, 100%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 4.36 (2H, s), 3.80-3.70 (2H, m), 3.35-3.25 (2H, m), 1.95-1.85 (2H, m), 1.78-1.60 (3H, m), 1.48 (9H, s), 0.2 (9H, s).
(ii) l,l-Dimethylethyl 4-hydroxy-4-(3-hydroxypropynyl)-l-piperidinecarboxylate
Tetrabutylammonium fluoride (IM in tetrahydrofuran, 80ml, 80mmol) was added to a solution of 1,1-dimethylethyl 4-hydroxy-4-(3-trimethylsilyloxypropynyl)-l- piperidinecarboxylate (from step (i) above; 24.4g, 75mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (300ml) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and water (200ml) was added. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 200ml) and the combined organic fractions were washed with water (2 x 200ml) and brine (200ml), dried (MgSO ) and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title compound as an orange oil (16.8g, 88%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 4.32 (2H, s), 3.80-3.68 (2H, m), 3.32-3.22 (2H, m), 1.93-1.83 (2H, m), 1.75-1.65 (2H, m), 1.62 (IH, br s), 1.46 (9H, s).
(iii) l,l-Dimethylethyl 4-hydroxy-4-(3-hydroxypropyl)-l-piperidinecarboxylate
Palladium on carbon (5%, 800 mg) was added to a solution of 1,1-dimethylethyl 4- hydroxy-4-(3-hydroxypropynyl)-l -piperidinecarboxylate (from step (ii) above; 8.37g, 32.8mmol) in ethanol (400ml), acetic acid (40ml) and water (5ml) and the mixture was shaken under an atmosphere of hydrogen (40 psi) for 20 hours. The mixture was filtered through Hyflo™ and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with isohexane/EtOAc (50:50 increasing lo 0:100), to give the title compound (4.84g, 57%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 3.85-3.75 (2H, m), 3.70 (2H, t, /6Hz), 3.18 (2H, br t, / 14Hz), 2.00 (2H, br s), 1.73-1.65 (2H, m), 1.63-1.48 (6H, m), 1.46 (9H, s).
(iv) Ijl-Dimethylethyl l-oxa-8-aza§piro[4.5]dβcanβ-8-carbosylate
A solution of diethyl azodicarboxylate (3.35ml, 21.3mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (50ml) was added over 15 minutes to a stirred, cooled (0°C) solution of 1,1-dimethylethyl 4- hydroxy-4-(3-hydroxypropyl)-l-piperidinecarboxylate (from step (iii) above; 4.6g, 17.8mmol) and triphenylphosphine (5.58g, 21.3mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (150ml) and the mixture was stirred at 0°C for 1 hour, then at room temperature for 24 hours. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with isohexane EtOAc (75:25 increasing to 50:50), to give the title compound (3.18g, 70%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 3.83 (2H, t, 77Hz), 3.63-3.53 (2H, m), 3.38-3.28 (2H, m), 1.93 (2H, quin., 77Hz), 1.69 (2H, t, 77Hz), 1.63-1.48 (4H, m), 1.46 (9H, s); m/z (ES+) 242 (M+l).
(v) l-Oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane Hydrochloride
Methanolic hydrogen chloride (3M, 20ml) was added over 10 minutes to a stirred, cooled (0°C) solution of 1,1-dimethylethyl l-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane-8-carboxylate (from step (iv) above, 3.18g, 13.2mmol) in methanol (10ml) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (2.29g, 98%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 3.85 (2H, t, / 7Hz), 3.27-3.15 (4H, m), 1.98 (2H, quin., 7Hz), 1.86-1.75 (6H, m); m/z (ES+) 142 (M+l).
DESCRIPTION 18
2,2-Dinιβthyl-l-oxa-8-agaspiro[4.5]dβeanβ
(i) l,l-Dimethylethyl 4-(3-ethoxy-3-oxo-l-propynyl)-4-hydrosy-l- piperidinecarboxylate rc-Butyllithium (175ml, 0.28mol) was added dropwise over 45 minutes to a stirred, cooled (-70°C) solution of ethyl propiolate (32ml, 0.32mol) in tetrahydrofuran (250ml). The mixture was stirred at -70°C for 10 minutes, then a solution of 1,1- dimethylethyl 4-oxo-l-piperidinecarboxylate (18.6g, 0.093 mol) in tetrahydrofuran (250ml) was added dropwise over 1 hour maintaining the internal temperature below -70°C. The mixture was stirred at -70 °C for 1 hour and then acetic acid (21ml) in tetrahydrofuran (50ml) was added. The mixture was warmed to room temperature and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. Saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate (300ml) and ethyl acetate (650ml) were added and the layers were separated. The aqueous fraction was extracted with ethyl acetate (22i 650ml) and the combined organic fractions were washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography on a short silica gel column, eluting with 1:1 isohexane:ethyl acetate, to give the title compound (29.2g, contains trace impurity).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 4.24 (2H, q, 77Hz), 3.73-3.68 (2H, m), 3.38-3.31 (2H, m), 1.98-1.91 (2H, m), 1.80-1.72 (2H, m), 1.46 (9H, s), 1.31 (3H, t, 7Hz); m/z (ES+) 298 (M+l).
(ii) 1,1-Dimethylethyl 4-(3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-l-yl)-4-hydroxy-l- piperidinecarboxylate
Palladium on carbon (5%, 1 g) in water (10ml) was added to a solution of
1 , 1 -dimethylethyl 4-(3 -ethoxy-3-oxo- 1 -propynyl)-4-hydroxy- 1 -piperidinecarboxylate
(from step (i) above; 14.6g, 0.046 mol) in ethanol (200ml) and the mixture was shaken under hydrogen (45 psi) for 90 minutes. The mixture was filtered through a glass fibre pad and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title compound.
1H NMR (400MHz, CDC13) δ 4.14 (2H, q, / 7Hz), 3.80 (2H, br s), 3.20-3.11 (2H, m),
2.45 (2H, t, 77Hz), 1.81 (2H, t, 77Hz), 1.58-1.42 (4H, m), 1.45 (9H, s), 1.26 (3H, t, /
7Hz); m/z (ES+) 302 (M+l).
(iii) 1,1-Dimethylethyl l-oxa-2-oxo-8-aEaspiro[4.5]dβcane-8-carfooxylatβ ?-Toluenesulfonic acid (1.75g, 9.2mmol) was added to a solution of 1,1-dimethylethyl 4-(3-ethoxy-3-oxoprop-l-yl)-4-hydroxy-l-piperidinecarboxylate (from step (ii) above; 27.63g, 0.092mol) in toluene (250ml) and the mixture was heated under reflux for 3 hours. The mixture was cooled and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. Water (400ml) and ethyl acetate (400ml) were added and the layers were separated. The aqueous fraction was extracted with ethyl acetate (200ml). The combined organic fractions were washed with brine, dried (MgS04) and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (20.86g, 88%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 3.84-3.79 (2H, m), 3.26 (2H, br t), 2.62 (2H, t, / 7Hz), 2.05 (2H, t, 77Hz), 1.83-1.79 (2H, m), 1.68-1.62 (2H, m), 1.46 (9H, s); m/z (ES+) 256 (M+l).
(iv) l,l-Dimethylethyl 4-hydroxy-4-(3-hydroxy-3-methylbut-l-yl)-l- piperidinecarboxylate
1,1-Dirnethylethyl l-oxa-2-oxo-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane-8-carboxylate (from step (iii) above; 5.0g, 19.58mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (150ml) was added dropwise over 45 min. to a stirred, cooled (0 °C) solution of methyl magnesium chloride (3M in tetrahydrofuran, 19.58ml, 58.75mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (150ml). The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight. The mixture was poured into saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (200ml) and extracted with ethyl acetate (200ml). The organic fraction was washed with brine, dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with ethyl acetate, to give the title compound (3.9g, 69%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI3): δ 3.85-3.75 (2H, m), 3.20-3.10 (2H, m), 2.55-2.25 (2H, m), 1.58-1.45 (6H, m), 1.46 (9H, s), 1.24 (6H, s); m z (ES+) 214 (M+l-QHs-HjO).
(v) 2,2-Dimethyl-l-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane
Trifluoroacetic acid (10ml) was added to a solution of 1,1-dimethylethyl 4-hydroxy-4- (3-hydroxy-3-methylbut-l-yl)-l-piperidinecarboxylate (from step (iv) above; 3.9g, 13.57mmol) in dichloromethane (10ml) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with CH2Cl2/MeOH/NH3(Aq.) (90:10:1) to give the title compound (2.04g, 89%). 1H NMR (400MHz, CDC13): δ 3.27-3.17 (4H, m), 1.95-1.82 (6H, m), 1.70 (2H, d, / 13.4Hz), 1.22 (6H, s); m/z (ES+) 170 (M+l).
DESCRIPTION 19 6- xa-2-azaspiro[3.4]øefan-S-©l
(i) l-Bemayloxycarfoonyl-S-asetidinecarboxylk acid
3-Azetidinecarboxylic acid (4.0g, 39.6 mmol) was dissolved in IN sodium hydroxide solution (40mL) and cooled to 0°C. Benzyl chloroformate (5.9mL, 41mmol) was added followed by further IN sodium hydroxide solution (41mL) dropwise. The mixture was stirred vigorously for 16hrs then made acidic with 2N hydrochloric acid.
This suspension was extracted with dichloromethane (2xl00mL) and the extracts dried over MgSO4. Concentration yielded the title compound (9.3g, 39.6mmol,
100%).
1H NMR (400MHz, CDC13): δ 7.37-7.29 (5H, m), 5.10 (2H, s), 4.21 (4H, d, / 7.5Hz),
3.43 (IH, quintet, /7.5Hz).
(ii) Methyl l-benzyloxycarbonyl-3-azetidinecarboxylate l-Benzyloxycarbonyl-3-azetidinecarboxylic acid (from step (i); 9.3g, 39.6mmol) was dissolved in methanol (lOOmL) and toluene (lOOmL), and cooled to 0°C. A solution of 2M trimethylsilyldiazomethane in hexanes was then added dropwise until bubbling had ceased and the yellow colour persisted. Acetic acid was then added dropwise until the yellow colour disappeared. Concentration of the solution yielded the title compound as an oil (9.48g, 38mmol, 96%).
1H NMR (400MHz, CDC13): δ 7.36-7.31 (5H, m), 5.10 (2H, s), 4.19 (4H, d, / 7.8Hz), 3.75 (3H, s), 3.39 (IH, quintet, 77.8Hz).
(iii) Bensyl 3-(l,2-dihydroxyethyl)-3-(hydroxymethyϊ)asetidine-l-carboxylate Methyl l-benzyloxycarbonyl-3-azetidinecarboxylate (from step (ii); lO.lg, 40mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (120mL) and cooled to -78°C. A solution of lithium hexamethyldisilazide in tetrahydrofuran (IM, 58mL, 58mmol) was slowly added and the solution warmed to 0°C. After 15 mins. at this temperature, the resulting solution was cooled back to -78°C and tert-butyldimethylsilyloxy acetaldehyde was added and stirred to room temperature over 2hrs and quenched with water (200mL). This suspension was extracted with ethyl acetate (2x200mL). The extracts were dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was flushed through silica with 25% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give a 1:2 mixture of 1-benzyl 3-methyl 3-{2-{[tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyljoxy }- 1 -hydroxyethyl)azetidine- 1 ,3-dicarboxylate : starting material (4.24g).
This mixture was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (30mL) and treated with lithium borohydride (395mg, 18mmol). After 2hrs at room temperature, the mixture was quenched with IN sodium hydroxide solution (lOOmL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2xl00mL). The extracts were dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to give crude benzyl 3-(2-{[tgrt-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}-l-hydroxyethyl)-3-(hydroxylmethyl) azetidine-1-carboxylate. This was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (lOOmL) and treated with IM tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride in tetrahydrofuran (lOmL, lOmmol). After stirring for lhr at room temperature, water (200mL) was added and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (2x200mL). The combined extracts were dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica chromatography to give the title compound as an oil (956mg, 3.4mmol).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.37-7.29 (5H, m), 5.09 (2H, s), 3.96-3.64 (9H, m), 3.13 (2H, br m), 1.69 (IH, br m).
(iv) Benzyl 8-hydroxy-6-oxa-2-azaspiro[3.4]octane-2-carboxyIate
Benzyl 3-(l,2-dihydroxyethyl)-3-(hydroxymethyl)azetidine-l-carboxylate (from step (iii); 956mg, 3.4mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (150mL) and dibutyltin oxide (17mg) was added. p-Toluenesulfonyl chloride (686mg, 3.6mmol) was added and the solution was cooled to 0°C. Triethylamine (520μL, 3.75mmol) was added dropwise and the solution was then allowed to stir at ambient temperature for 16hrs. Further triethylamine (260μL, 1.9mmol) was added and after stirring for 2hrs, water (250mL) was added. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (2x250mL), and the extracts dried (MgSO ) then concentrated. The residue was purified by silica chromatography to give the title compound as an oil (456mg, 1.7mmol, 51%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.37-7.29 (5H, m), 5.10 (2H, s), 4.31-4.27 (2H, m), 3.97 (2H, dd, 79.1, 24Hz), 3.94-3.91 (IH, m), 3.86 (IH, d, 79.5Hz), 3.85 (2H, dd, 7 9.1, 20Hz), 3.74 (IH, dd, / 1.9, 10.2Hz), 1.95 (IH, d, /4.4Hz).
(v) 6-Oxa-2-asaspiro[3.4]øctan-0-ol
Benzyl 8-hydroxy-6-oxa-2-azaspiro[3.4]octane-2-carboxylate (from step (iv); 456mg,
1.7mmol) was dissolved in methanol (20mL) and 10% palladium on carbon (50mg) added. This suspension was hydrogenated at 20psi hydrogen for 2hrs then filtered.
The filtrate was concentrated to give the title compound as a gum (214mg, 1.66mmol,
98% yield). m/z (ES+) 130 (M+H).
DESCRIPTION 20 4-Hydroxy-l-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane
(i) tert-Butyl 4-(3-{[te/ -butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}propylidene)piperidine-l- carboxylate
3-{[tert-Butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}propyl)(triphenyl)phosphonium bromide (J. Med Chem 1990, 33, 1958) (5!5g, O.Olmol) was suspended in toluene and azeotroped to remove any moisture. It was then suspended in 1,2-dimethoxyethane (20mL) and n- butyllithium (7.0mL, 1.6M. 0.01 lmol) was added dropwise until a yellow coloration persisted. tert-Butyl 4-oxopiperidine-l-carboxylate (2g, O.Olmol) was added and the mixture was heated at reflux overnight. The cooled mixture was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50mL), dried (MgSO ) and concentrated in vacuo. The crude yellow oil was purified on silica using 10-30% ethyl acetate in iso- hexane as eluant.
1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCI3): δ 0.01 (6H, s), 0.84 (9H, s), 2.06-2.18 (4H, m), 2.20 (2H, t, 77.0Hz), 3.33 (4H, multiplet centre (mc)), 3.53 (2H, t, 77.0Hz), 5.24 (IH, t, 7 7.2Hz); m/z (ES+) 256 (M++1-100, 100%).
(ii) tø^-Butyl 4-(l,3-dihydroxypropyl)-4-hydroxypiperidine-l-earboxyIate tert-Butyl 4-(3-{[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}propylidene)piperidine-l-carboxylate (from step (i) above; 0.9g) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (lmL); tetra-n-butylammonium fluoride (2.5mL, IM in THF) was added and the mixture was stirred for 30 min until tic analysis (50:50 ethyl acetate:hexane) showed that all starting material had reacted. This mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was re-dissolved in tert-butanol (5mL) and water (lmL) and N- methylmorpholine N-oxide (322mg) was added and stirred until dissolved. Osmium tetroxide (0.15mL, 2.5% in t-butanol) was added and the mixture was stirred for 12h. This mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica using 1-6% methanol in dichloromethane as eluant to afford the product (480mg).
1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13): δ 1.45 (9H, s), 1.40-1.85 (6H, m), 3.02-3.15 (2H, m), 3.60 (IH, dd, 7 12, 4Hz), 3.85-4.00 (4H, m); m/z (ES+) 176 (M++l-100, 100%).
(iii) førtf-ButyI 4-hydroxy-l-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane-8-carboxylate tert-Butyl 4-(l,3-dihydroxypropyl)-4-hydroxypiperidine-l-carboxylate (from step (ii) above; 480mg) was dissolved in dichloromethane and p-toluenesulfonyl chloride was added followed by triethylamine (0.49mL) and the mixture was stirred for 12h. An additional aliquot of triethylamine was added (0.49mL) and the mixture stirred for 48h. This mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica using 50-95% ethyl acetate in iso- exane as eluant to afford the product (300mg).
1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13): δ 1.45 (9H, s), 1.48-1.67 (2H, br m), 1.95 (IH, mc), 2.32 (IH, mc), 3.18 (2H, mc), 3.72-3.83 (IH, br m), 3.85 (2H, mc), 3.99 (2H, mc); m/z (ES+) 158 (M++1-100, 100%).
(iv) 4-Hydroxy-l-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane trifluoroacetate tert-Butyl 4-hydroxy-l-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane-8-carboxylate (from step (iii) above; 300mg) was dissolved in dichloromethane and trifluoroacetic acid (2mL) was added. The solution was stirred for 2h and was concentrated in vacuo to afford the product as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13): δ 1.61-1.66 (IH, m), 1.89-2.06 (3H, m), 2.27-2.31 (2H, m), 3.20-3.33 (3H, m), 3.35-3.42 (IH, m), 3.85 (IH, mc), 3.99 (IH, q, 7 8.5Hz), 4.07 (IH, dd, 76.5, 4.0Hz); m/z (ES+) 158 (M++1, 100%).
DESCRIPTION 21 4-Hydroxy-3,3-dimethyl-2-øxa-8-asaspiro[4.5]decane
(i) Bensyl 4-(acetyloxy)-3,3-dinιetlιyl-l-oxo-2-oxa-8-asaspiro[4.S]decane-§- carboxylate
A solution of 1 -benzyl 4-ethyl piperidine-l,4-dicarboxylate (2.35g) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (30mL) and was cooled to -78°C. Lithium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (9mL, IM) was added dropwise under nitrogen and the solution was stirred for 30min at -20°C. The solution was re-cooled to -78°C and l,l-dimethyl-2-oxoethyl acetate (1.17g) in tetrahydrofuran (5mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 30min. The mixture was quenched (NaHCO3, 30mL) and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 mL). The extracts were combined, washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and were concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica using 25-75% ethyl acetate in wo-hexane as eluant to afford the product (1.4g). m/z (ES+) 376 (_VT+1, 100%).
(ii) Benzyl 4-(l,2-dihydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-4-(hydroxymethyl)piperidine-l- carboxylate
Benzyl 4-(acetyloxy)-3,3-dimethyl-l-oxo-2-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane-8-carboxylate (from step (i) above; 1.4g) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran and lithium borohydride (81mg) was added. The mixture was heated under reflux for 2h, cooled and quenched carefully with water and HCI (30mL, 5N). The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and dried (MgSO ), and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica using 2-5% methanol in dichloromethane as eluant to afford the product (340mg). m/z (ES+) 338 (M++1, 80%) 320 (M÷+l-18, 100%).
(iii) Benzyl 4-hydroxy-3,3-dimethyl-2-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane-8-carboxylate Benzyl 4-(l,2-dihydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-4-(hydroxymethyl)piperidine-l-carboxylate (from step (hi) above; 340mg) was dissolved in dichloromethane and p- toluenesulfonyl chloride (190mg) was added, followed by triethylamine (0.14mL). This mixture was stirred for 2 h and a second aliquot of triethylamine was added and the mixture was stirred for 12h. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified by chromatography on silica using 50-100% ethyl acetate in iso- hexane as eluant to afford the product (190mg). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13): δ 1.18 (3H, s), 1.29 (3H, s), 1.46-1.59 (2H, m), 1.62-
1.78 (2H, m), 3.00-3.13 (2H, m), 3.55 (IH, d, 79.3Hz), 3.73 (IH, d, / 9.3Hz), 3.84- 3.95 (2H, m), 5.12 (2H, s), 7.29-7.36 (5H, m); m/z (ES+) 320 (M++1, 100%).
(iv) 4-Hydroxy-3,3-dimethyl-2-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane
Benzyl 4-hydroxy-3,3-dimethyl-2-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane-8-carboxylate (from step (iii) above; 180mg) was dissolved in methanol and palladium on carbon (5%) was added. The mixture was hydrogenated at atmospheric pressure for 30 min. The catalyst was removed by filtration through Hyflo™ and the solvent was evaporated in vacuo to afford the product as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13): δ 1.13 (3H, s), 1.24 (3H, s), 1.45-1.50 (2H, m), 1.67-
1.79 (2H, m), 2.64-2.71 (2H, m), 2.89-3.00 (2H, m), 3.47 (IH, s), 3.59 (IH, d, / 9.2Hz), 3.72 (IH, d, /9.2Hz); m/z (ES+) 186 (M++1, 100%).
DESCRIPTION 22 l-Oxa-8-aza[4.5]decan-3-ol
(i) fer?-Butyl 4-hydroxy-4-{3-[(trimethylsilyl)oxy]prop-l-yn-l-yl}piperidine-l- carboxylate
Ethyl magnesium bromide in tetrahydrofuran (55mL, IM, 55mmol) was slowly added to a solution of trimethyl(prop-2-yn-l-yloxy)silane in tetrahydrofuran (40mL) maintaining a temperature of 0°C. After the complete addition the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 45 min before a solution of tert-butyl piperidin-4-one-l- carboxylate (lOg, 50mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (40mL) was slowly added at 0°C. Subsequently the reaction mixture was stirred for 18h at ambient temperature. Then saturated ammonium chloride solution was added and the mixture was stirred vigorously until the dissolution of all solids. The phases were separated and the aqueous was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 16.42g of desired product (96 %) as a yellow oil. 1H NMR (360 MHz, CDC13): δ 4.16 (2H, s), 3.55 (2H, br m), 3.12 (2H, ddd, / 3.8, 9.3, 12.8Hz), 1.74-1.66 (2H, m), 1.53 (2H, ddd, 74, 9, 12.8Hz), 1.28 (9H, s).
(ii) feιf-ButyI 4-hydroxy-4-(3-hydrøxyprop-l-yn-l-yl)piperidine-l-carboxylate tert-Butyl 4-hydroxy-4- { 3 - [(trimethylsilyl)oxy]prop- 1-ynl-l-yl} piperidine- 1 - carboxylate (crude from step (i); 16.42g, ca. 50mmol) was stirred with tetrabutylammonium fluoride (90mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (170mL) at ambient temperature for 18h. Then the solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue partitioned between water and ethyl acetate. The organic phase was separated and the aqueous was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give the crude product as an amber oil, which was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel, eluting with 5 % methanol in dichloromethane to yield the desired diol (10.87g, 85 %).
1H NMR (360 MHz, CDC13): δ 4.32 (2H, br s), 3.80-3.69 (2H, br m), 3.28 (2H, ddd, 7 3.5, 9.2, 13.2Hz), 1.92-1.84 (2H, br m), 1.74 (2H, ddd, 73.8, 8.9, 12.7Hz), 1.46 (9H, s).
(iii) tert-Butyl 4-hydroxy-4-(3-hydroxyprop-l-ene-l-yl}piperidine-l-carboxylate tert-Butyl 4-hydroxy-4-(3-hydroxyprop-l-yn-l-yl)piperidine-l-carboxylate (from step (ii); lOg, 39.2mmol) was stirred at ambient temperature with Lindlar's catalyst (5 % Pd on CaCO3 poisoned with Pb) (4.15g, 2mmol of Pd) in ethanol under hydrogen (p > 1 atm) for 18h. Then the catalyst was filtered off and the filtrate concentrated under reduced pressure to give 10.2g of the desired cw-olefin as a pale yellow oil. 1H NMR (360 MHz, CDC13): δ 5.66-5.56 (2H, m), 4.33 (2H, d, 75.2Hz), 3.77-3.67 (2H, m), 3.30-3.24 (2H, m), 1.73-1.63 (4H, m), 1.46 (9H, s). (iv) tert-Butyl l-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]dec-3-ene-8-carboxylate
To a solution of tert-butyl 4-hydroxy-4-(3-hydroxyprop-l-ene-l-yl)piperidine-l- carboxylate (from step (iii); 8.79g, 34.2mmol) and triethylamine (7.6g, 75.2mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (170mL), methanesulfonyl chloride (4.31, 37.6mmol) was slowly added so that the internal temperature stayed between -10 and -5°C. After the complete addition the temperature was allowed to rise to 12°C and was kept at that temperature until all starting diol was turned over (monitored by TLC (silica gel, l:lhexane/ethyl acetate)). Subsequently the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 days to complete the cyclisation before it was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was treated with water under ice-cooling, followed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 9g of crude product as yellow oil. This was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel, eluting with a gradient solvent system of 10-20 % ethyl acetate in hexane to give 5.79g of the desired spirocyclic product (64 %).
1H NMR (360 MHz, CDC13): δ 5.88 (IH, ddd, 7 1.7, 1.7, 6.1Hz), 5.74 (IH, ddd, / 2.2, 2.2, 6.3Hz), 4.64 (2H, dd, / 1.6, 2.2Hz), 3.79-3.69 (2H, br m), 3.28 (2H, ddd, / 3.64, 10.5, 13.8Hz), 1.68-1.54 (4H, m), 1.46 (9H, s).
(v) tert-Butyl l-oxa-8-aza[4.5]decan-3-oI-8-carboxylate
Borane-tetrahydrofuran-complex solution in tetrahydrofuran (16.7mL, IM. 16.7mmol) was added to a solution of tert-butyl l-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]dec-3-ene-8- carboxylate (from step (iv) above; 2g, 8.37mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (25mL) at 0°C. After lh at room temperature, a mixture of 35 % w/w hydrogen peroxide solution (6mL, ca. 67mmol) and 4 M sodium hydroxide solution (17mL) was slowly added at 0°C. Then the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18h before it was partitioned between water and ethyl acetate. The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were washed with saturated sodium sulfite solution, then brine and finally dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the crude mixture of products as a colourless oil. The mixture was separated by flash chromatography on silica gel, eluting with a gradient solvent system of 50-100 % ethyl acetate in hexane, then 1-2 % methanol in ethyl acetate to furnish 1.03g of the title compound (48 %). 1H NMR (360 MHz, CDC13): δ 4.51-4.49 (IH, m), 3.92 (IH, dd, /4.4, 10.1Hz), 3.84- 3.79 (IH, m), 3.59 (IH, br s), 3.38-3.30 (IH, m) 1.96 (IH, dd, /6.3, 13.6Hz), 1.85- 1.79 (2H, m), 1.73-1.63 (2H, m), 1.58-1.50 (2H, m), 1.45 (9H, s).
(vi) l- xa-8-asa[4.5]decaϊi-3-øl Irifluoroacetate tert-Butyl l-oxa-8-aza[4.5]decan-3-ol-8-carboxylate (from step (v) above; Ig,
3.89mmol) was stirred in a 1:1 v/v mixture of trifluoroacetic acid and dichloromethane (8mL) at ambient temperature for 0.5h. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to give 1.55g of a pale amber oil.
1H NMR (360 MHz, CDCI3): δ 4.58-4.61 (IH, m), 3.87-4.02 (2H, m), 3.37-3.47 (2H, m), 2.26-1.75 (6H, m); m/z (ES+) 158.
DESCRIPTION 23
(2R,3R,4R,αR5)-α-(3-Buten-l-yl)-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2/7-pyran-4-methanol
3-Butenylmagnesium bromide (0.5M in tetrahydrofuran, 75 mL, 37.5 mmol) was added slowly to a stirred, cooled -78 °C solution of (2R,3R,4R)-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-carboxaldehyde (WO 00/56727A1; 11.1 g, 24.9 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (125 mL). The mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 3 hours, then at room temperature for 1.5 hour. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (20 mL) was added slowly, followed by ethyl acetate (300 mL). The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with brine (100 mL). The combined aqueous layers were extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL), the combined organic layers were dried (Na2SO ), and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with hexane EtOAc (97:3 increasing to 80:20), to give the title compound (8:1 mixture of alcohol diastereoisomers) as a colorless oil (10 g, 80%). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDC13) (major isomer described): δ 7.66 (IH, s), 7.28-7.15 (5H, m), 7.04 (2H, m), 5.67 (IH, m), 4.94 (2H, m), 4.87 (IH, m), 4.25 (IH, d, / 8.6Hz), 4.17 (IH, m), 3.53 (IH, m), 3.22 (IH, m), 2.85 (IH, m), 2.01 (IH, m), 1.90 (IH, m), 1.78 (2H, m), 1.53 (2H, m), 1.36 (3H, d, /6.6Hz), 1.31 (IH, m). DESCRIPTION 24
(2i?,3R,4R,αR or S')-α-(3-Buten-l-yl)-2-{(li?)-l-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethosy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H'-pyran-4-methyl
Meihanesulfonate
Methanesulfonyl chloride (1.61 mL, 2.3 g, 21 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred, cooled (-78 °C) solution of (2R,3R,4R,αR5)-α-(3-buten-l-yl)-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-methanol (Description 23, 8:1 mixture of diastereoisomers; 3.5 g, 6.97 mmol) and triethylamine (5 mL, 3.5 g, 35 mmol) in dichloromethane (70 mL). The mixture was allowed lo warm to room temperature over 1.5 hours, then water (20 mL) and ethyl acetate (100 mL) were added. The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with brine (100 mL). The combined aqueous layers were extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL), the combined organic layers were dried (Na2SO ), and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with hexane/EtOAc (95:5 increasing to 80:20), to give the title compound (single diastereoisomer) as a colorless oil (2.76 g, 68%). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDC13): δ 7.65 (IH, s), 7.25 (3H, m), 7.14 (2H, s), 7.07 (2H, m), 5.62 (IH, m), 4.92 (3H, m), 4.39 (IH, t, 76.6Hz), 4.19 (IH, m), 4.17 (IH, d, 78.6Hz), 3.54 (IH, dt, 72.3, ll.OHz), 2.91 (3H, s), 2.80 (IH, dd, 78.3, 11.6Hz), 2.15 (IH, m), 1.90 (3H, m), 1.80 (IH, m), 1.68 (2H, m), 1.36 (3H, d, 76.6Hz).
DESCRIPTION 25
(2R5,5R or 5)-5-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]- ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)-l,2,5-pentanetriol 5-
Methanesulfonate
2-Methyl-2-propanol (2 mL) was added to a solution of AD-mix-α (0.5 g) in water (2 mL) and the mixture was stirred vigorously at room temperature for 10 minutes. The yellow solution was then added to {2R,3R,4R, R or 5)-α-(3-buten-l-yl)-2-{(lR)- l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-ρyran-4-methyl methanesulfonate (Description 24; 0.24 g, 0.41 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred vigorously at room temperature overnight. Sodium sulfite (2 g) was added and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Water (10 mL) and ethyl acetate (10 mL) were added, the layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with brine (100 mL). The combined aqueous layers were extracted with ethyl acetate (100 mL), the combined organic layers were dried (Na2SO ), and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with hexane/EtOAc (50:50 increasing to 10:90), to give the title compound (3:1 mixture of alcohol diastereoisomers) as a colorless oil (0.20 g, 79%). 1H NMR (500MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.70 (IH, s), 7.30 (2H, s), 7.21 (3H, m), 7.17 (2H, m), 5.00 (IH, q, 76.5Hz), 4.33 (2H, m), 4.10 (IH, m), 3.65 (IH, m), 3.35 (3H, m), 3.03, 3.02 (3H, each s), 2.78 (IH, dd, / 8.3, 11.6Hz), 2.27 (IH, m), 1.90-1.40 (6H, m), 1.33 (3H, d, /6.6Hz).
DESCRIPTION 26
(2R5,5R or )-5-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]- ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2/7-pyran-4-yl)-l,2,5-pentanetriol 5-
Methanesulfonate
The title compound (1:3 mixture of alcohol diastereoisomers) was prepared from {2R,3R,4R, R or 5)-α-(3-buten-l-yl)-2-{ (lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]- ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-methyl methanesulfonate (Description 24) according to the method of Description 25, using AD-mix-β instead of AD-mix-α. 1H NMR (500MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.70 (IH, s), 7.30 (2H, s), 7.21 (3H, m), 7.17 (2H, m), 5.00 (IH, q, 76.5Hz), 4.33 (2H, m), 4.10 (IH, m), 3.65 (IH, m), 3.35 (3H, m), 3.03, 3.02 (3H, each s), 2.78 (IH, dd, 78.3, 11.6Hz), 2.27 (IH, m), 1.90-1.40 (6H, m), 1.33 (3H, d, /6.6Hz).
DESCRIPTION 27
(2RS,5R or 5)-5-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]- ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2Hr-pyran-4-yI)-l,2,5-pentanetriol l-(4-
Methylbensenesulfonate) 5-Methanesulfonate
4-Methylbenzenesulfonyl chloride (53 mg, 0.28 mmol) was added to a mixture of (2R«S,5R or 5)-5-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)ρhenyl]ethoxy}- tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)-l,2,5-pentanetriol 5-methanesulfonate (3:l mixture of alcohol diastereoisomers; Description 25; 0.17 g, 0.28 mmol), dibutyltin oxide (1.4 mg, 5.6 μmol) and triethylamine (39 μL, 0.28 mmol) in dichloromethane (1.4 mL) and the mixture was stirred vigorously at room temperature for 3 hours. The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with hexane/EtOAc (80:20 increasing to 50:50), to give the title compound (3:1 mixture of alcohol diastereoisomers) as a colorless oil (0.142 g, 67%).
1H NMR (500MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.75 (2H, d, 78.2Hz), 7.71 (IH, s), 7.40 (2H, d, 7 8.2Hz), 7.30 (2H, s), 7.20 (3H, m), 7.13 (2H, m), 5.00 (IH, q, 76.5Hz), 4.32 (IH, d, 7 8.5Hz), 4.26 (IH, t, 76.4Hz), 4.11 (IH, m), 3.85-3.75 (2H, m), 3.62 (2H, m), 3.47 (IH, m), 3.01, 3.00 (3H, each s), 2.74 (IH, dd, 78.3, 11.6Hz), 2.43 (3H, s), 2.20 (IH, m), 1.90-1.40 (6H, m), 1.33 (3H, d, 76.6Hz).
DESCRIPTION 28
(2R5,5R or S)-5-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]- ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)-l,2,5-pentanetriol l-(4- MethylbenzenesuIfonate) 5-Methanesulfonate
The title compound (1:3 mixture of alcohol diastereoisomers) was prepared from {2RS,5R or S)-5-((2R,3R,4R)-{ (lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy }- tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)-l ,2,5-pentanetriol 5-methanesulfonate (1:3 mixture of alcohol diastereoisomers; Description 26) according to the method of Description 27.
1H NMR (500MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.75 (2H, d, / 8.2Hz), 7.71 (IH, s), 7.40 (2H, d, / 8.2Hz), 7.30 (2H, s), 7.20 (3H, m), 7.13 (2H, m), 5.00 (IH, q, /6.5Hz), 4.32 (IH, d, / 8.5Hz), 4.26 (IH, t, /6.4Hz), 4.11 (IH, m), 3.85-3.75 (2H, m), 3.62 (2H, m), 3.47 (IH, m), 3.01, 3.00 (3H, each s), 2.74 (IH, dd, / 8.3, 11.6Hz), 2.43 (3H, s), 2.20 (IH, m), 1.90-1.40 (6H, m), 1.33 (3H, d, /6.6Hz). DESCRIPTION 29 (2R,3R,4R)-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-4-
[{2R or iS)-oxiranyl]-3-phenyl-2M-pyran; and
(2^,3S94i?)-2-{(li?)-l-[395-Bis(trifluorømethyl)pIιenyl]ethojiy}ietrahydrø-4- [(2S or i?)-oxiranyl]-3-phenyl-2fl'-pyran (Isomers A and B) Dimethylsulfoxide (10 mL) was added to sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 385 mg, 9.6 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) was added and the mixture was cooled to -10 °C. Trimethylsulfonium iodide (2.13 g, 10.4 mmol) in dimethylsulfoxide (10 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 10 minutes. (2R,3R,4R)-2-{(lR)-l- [3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4- carboxaldehyde (WO 00/56727A1; 3.58 g, 8.0 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 30 minutes, then at room temperature for 30 minutes. Water (100 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed with water (4 x 100 mL) and brine (100 mL), dried (MgSO4) and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with hexane/EtOAc (85:15 increasing to 80:20), to give (2R,3R,4R)- 2-{(lR)-l -[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenylJethoxy}tetrahydro-4-[(2R or S)-oxiranylJ- 3-phenyl-2H-pyran (Isomer A; single diastereoisomer; epoxide stereochemistry unassigned) as a colorless oil (1.37 g, 37%); 1H NMR (500MΗz, CDC13): δ 7.67 (IH, s), 7.23 (5H, m), 7.01 (2H, m), 4.97 (IH, q, 76.6Hz), 4.28 (IH, d, / 8.4Hz), 4.16 (IH, br d, / 11Hz), 3.53 (IH, br t, / 11Hz), 2.65 (IH, dd, / 8.4Hz), 2.60 (IH, m), 2.34 (IH, t, 74.5Hz), 1.95 (IH, dd, 74.5, 2.7Hz), 1.84 (IH, br d, / 11Hz), 1.68 (IH, m), 1.57 (IH, m), 1.37 (3H, d, / 6.6Hz); and
(2R,3R,4R)-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxyJtetrahydro-4-[(2S or R)- oxiranylJ-3-phenyl-2H-pyran (Isomer B; single diastereoisomer; epoxide stereochemistry unassigned) as a colorless oil (0.51 g, 14%); 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.67 (IH, s), 7.27-7.20 (5H, m), 7.08 (2H, m), 4.96 (IH, q, 76.6Hz), 4.25 (IH, d, J 8.3Hz), 4.13 (IH, br d, / 12Hz), 3.54 (IH, br t, / 12Hz), 2.68 (IH, m), 2.61 (IH, dd, 7 11.5, 8.3Hz), 2.50 (IH, t, 74.6Hz), 2.46 (IH, dd, 74.6, 2.8Hz), 2.03 (IH, m), 1.60 (IH, br d, 7 12Hz), 1.49 (IH, m), 1.37 (3H, d, /6.6Hz); and a 1:1 mixture of Isomer A and Isomer B (1.16 g, 31%). DESCRIPTION 30
(2«,3R?4«,α^ or S)-α-{[(2-Hydroxyethyl)thio]methyl}-2-{(l«)-l-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H'-pyraπι-4-methanol; and
(2J?53^?4JKs«S or «)-α-{[(2-hydroxyethyl)thio]methyl}-2-{(l«)-l-[3,5- bi§(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyϊ-2 -pyran-4-methanol
2-Mercaptoethanol (0.70 mL, 0.78 g, 10 mmol) was added to a degassed mixture of
(2R,3R,4R)-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-4-
[(2R or 5)-oxiranyl]-3-phenyl-2H-pyran and (2R,3R,4R)-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)-phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-4-[(21S' orR)-oxiranyl]-3-phenyl-2H- pyran (Description 29, 1:1 mixture of diastereoisomers; 0.46 g, 1 mmol) and potassium hydroxide (0.56 g, 10 mmol) in propan-2-ol (10 mL) and the mixture was heated under reflux for 4 hours. The mixture was cooled and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. Aqueous sodium hydroxide (IM, 20 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with diethyl ether (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed with aqueous sodium hydroxide (IM, 2 x 20 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried (MgSO ) and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title compound (1:1 mixture of alcohol epimers) as a yellow oil (0.54 g,
100%).
1H NMR (500MHz, CDC13): δ 7.66 (IH, s), 7.26-7.23 (3H, m), 7.18 and 7.15 (2H, each s), 7.05 (2H, m), 4.95 (IH, m), 4.25, 4.23 (IH, each d, / 8.3Hz), 4.18 (IH, m),
3.62-3.53 (3H, m), 3.30 (IH, m), 2.90-1.51 (10H, m), 1.36 (3H, d, /6.6Hz).
DESCRIPTION 31 (2R,3R,4R,αR)-α-2-Propenyl-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]- ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-methanol
Allylmagnesium bromide (15.4 mL, 15.4 mmol) was slowly added to a stirred, cooled -40 °C solution of chlorobis[(15,2R,35',55')-2,6,6-trimethylbicyclo[3.1.1]hept-3- yl]borane (5.91 g, 18 mmol) in diethyl ether (20 mL). The mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour before cooling to -78 °C. (2R,3R,4R)-2- {(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4- carboxaldehyde (WO 00/56727A1; 5.5 g, 12.3 mmol) in diethyl ether (10 mL) was slowly added and the mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 1.5 hours. The mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for a further 1.5 hours. The mixture was cooled to -78 °C and aqueous sodium acetate (3M, 20 mL) then aqueous hydrogen peroxide (31% wt, 10 mL) were added. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 150 mL). The combined organic fractions were dried (MgSO ) and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with EtOAc/hexane (90:10), to give the title compound as a yellow oil (4.7 g, 78%). 1H NMR (360MHz, CDC13): δ 1.25 (3H, d, 77Hz), 1.34 (IH, d, 76.6Hz), 1.54 (IH, d, 79Hz), 1.80 (IH, m), 2.05 (IH, m), 2.14 (IH, m), 2.88 (IH, m), 3.27 (IH, m), 3.53 (IH, m), 4.17 (IH, m), 4.25 (IH, d, / 8.6Hz), 4.94-4.98 (2H, m), 5.03 (IH, m), 5.60 (IH, m), 7.03-7.05 (2H, m), 7.18-7.24 (5H, m), 7.65 (IH, s).
DESCRIPTION 32 (2R,3R,4R,αS)-α-2-Propenyl-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]- ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2/7-pyran-4-methanol
Prepared from (2R,3R,4R)-2-{ (lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}- tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-carboxaldehyde (WO 00/56727A1), allylmagnesium bromide and chlorobis[(lR,2S,3R,5R)-2,6,6-trimethylbicyclo[3.1.1]hept-3-yl]borane according to the method of Description 31.
1H NMR (360MHz, CDC13): δ 1.36 (3H, d, /6.6Hz), 1.58 (IH, m), 1.80 (IH, m), 1.95 (IH, m), 2.17 (IH, m), 2.23 (IH, m), 2.55 (IH, m), 3.30 (IH, m), 3.55 (IH, m), 4.17 (IH, m), 4.23 (IH, d, /8.2Hz), 4.94 (IH, m), 5.03-5.06 (2H, m), 5.59 (IH, m), 7.03- 7.04 (2H, m), 7.05 (2H, m), 7.16-7.24 (3H, m), 7.69 (IH, s), 7.85 (IH, s).
DESCRIPTION 33
(lS)-l-((2fi,3i?,4^)-{(l^)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethøxy}-tetrahydro- 3-phenyl-2flr-pyran-4-yl)-l,3-propanediol
(2R,3R,4R,αR)-α-2-Proρenyl-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}- tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-methanol (Description 31; 1.0 g, 2 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane/methanol (1:1, 30 mL), cooled to -78 °C and purged with nitrogen and then oxygen. Ozone was bubbled through the mixture for 15-20 minutes, until a blue coloration persisted. The mixture was purged with oxygen, then nitrogen, warmed to 0 °C and sodium borohydride (0.3 g, 8 mmol) was added in portions. The mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 30 minutes, aqueous ammonium chloride (10%, 40 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 75 mL). The combined organic fractions were dried (MgSO4) and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with EtOAc/hexane (50:50) to give the title compound as a colorless oil (0.5 g, 50%).
1H NMR (500MHz, CD3OD): δ 1.32 (3H, d, 76.6Hz), 1.41 (IH, m), 1.55 (IH, m), 1.62 (IH, m), 1.75 (IH, m), 1.86 (IH, m), 2.81 (IH, dd, 78.6, 11.5Hz), 3.45-3.51 (2H, m), 3.62 (IH, dt, Jd 2.3, /t 12.0Hz), 4.1 (IH, m), 4.36 (IH, d, / 8.7Hz), 4.99 (IH, q, / 6.5Hz), 7.09-7.11 (2H, m), 7.16-7.21 (3H, m), 7.31 (2H, s), 7.70 (IH, s).
DESCRIPTION 34 (15)-l-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}-tetrahydro-3- phenyl-2/7-pyran-4-yl)-l,3-propanediol
Prepared from (2R,3R,4R,αS)-α-2-propenyl-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-methanol
(Description 32) according to the method of Description 33.
1H NMR (360MHz, CDC13): δ 1.35 (3H, d, / 6.6Hz), 1.57-1.60 (3H, m), 1.80 (IH, m),
1.95 (IH, m), 2.06 (IH, m), 2.43 (IH, m), 2.50 (IH, m), 3.54-3.57 (3H, m), 3.80 (IH, m), 4.23 (IH, m), 4.24 (IH, d, / 8.1Hz), 4.93 (IH, m), 7.02-7.04 (2H, m), 7.16-7.23
(5H, m), 7.65 (IH, s).
DESCRIPTION 35 (lR)-l-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}-tetrahydro- 3-phenyl-2HT-pyran-4-yl)-l,3-propanediol Dimethylsulfonate
(lR)-l-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3- phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)-l,3-propanediol (Description 33; 0.5 g, 1 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (5 mL) and cooled to -10 °C. Triethylamine (0.56 mL, 4 mmol) was added followed by methanesulfonyl chloride (0.23 mL, 3 mmol) dropwise. The mixture was stirred at -20 °C for 30 minutes, then at room temperature for 15 minutes. Water (75 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 75 mL). The combined organic fractions were dried (MgSO4) and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title compound as a colorless foam (0.65 g, 100%).
1H NMR (500MHz, CDC13): δ 1.35 (3H, d, 76.7Hz), 1.65 (IH, m), 1.77 (IH, m), 2.05 (IH, m), 2.15-2.20 (2H, m), 2.75 (IH, m), 2.84 (3H, s), 2.92 (3H, s), 3.55 (IH, t, 7 12Hz), 4.15-4.22 (4H, m), 4,55 (IH, m), 4.92 (IH, q, 76.5Hz), 7.09-7.13 (4H, m), 7.24-7.26 (3H, m), 7.65 (IH, s).
DESCRIPTION 36 (lS)-l-((2J-?,3fi,4fi)-{(lS)-l-[355-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}-tetrahydro-3- phenyl-2J7-pyran-4-yI)-l,3-propanediol DimethyIsuIfbnate Prepared from (lS)-l-((2R,3R,4R)-{ (lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]- ethoxy } tetrahydro-3 -phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)- 1 ,3 -propanediol (Description 34) according to the method of Description 35.
1HNMR (400MHz, CDC13): δ 1.35 (3H, d, 76.6Hz), 1.60 (IH, m), 1.80-1.90 (2H, m), 1.99 (IH, m), 2.48 (IH, m), 2.55 (IH, m), 2.72 (3H, s), 2.92 (3H, s), 3.60 (IH, m), 4.1 (IH, m), 4.20-4.22 (3H, m), 4.45 (IH, m), 4.48 (IH, m), 7.08-7.14 (4H, m), 7.26-7.29 (3H, m), 7.66 (IH, s).
DESCRIPTION 37 Methyl (2R,3R,4R)-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}- tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2J7-pyran-4-carboxylate
Trimethylsilyldiazomethane (2.0M in hexanes, 3.5 mL, 7 mmol) was added in portions over 1 hour to a solution of (2R,3R,4R)-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-carboxylic acid (WO 00/56727A1; 3.2 g, 6.9 mmol) in a mixture of methanol (10 mL) and toluene (7 mL). The solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with EtOAc/hexane (80:20), to give the title compound as a colorless solid (2.4 g, 73%).
1H NMR (500MHz, CDC13): δ 7.67 (IH, s), 7.22 (5H, m), 7.07 (2H, m), 4.96 (IH, q, / 6.6Hz), 4.28 (IH, d, 78.2Hz), 4.17 (IH, br d, 71 lHz), 3.58 (IH, br t, / 11Hz), 3.45 (3H, s), 3.04 (IH, dd, / 8.2, 11.4Hz), 2.81 (IH, br t, / 11Hz), 1.94 (IH, br q, / 11Hz), 1.86 (IH, br d, / 11Hz), 1.38 (3H, d, 76.6Hz). DESCRIPTION 38
(2fi53^,4«)-«,κ-Di-(2-propenyl)-2-{(l«)-l-[3?5-bis(trϊfiuoromethyl)phenyl]- ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2 -pyran-4-methanol
Allylmagnesium bromide (l.OM in hexanes, 8.8 mL, 8.8 mmol) was added slowly to ; stirred, cooled (0 °C) solution of methyl (2R,3R,4R)-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}letrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-carboxylate (Description 37; 1.4 g, 2.9 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL). The mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 30 minutes. Saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (50 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic fractions were dried (MgSO4) and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with EtOAc/hexane (80:20), to give the title compound as a colorless oil (1.48 g, 95%).
1H NMR (400MHz, CDC13): δ 7.66 (IH, s), 7.22 (3H, m), 7.16 (2H, s), 7.11 (2H, m), 5.88-5.70 (2H, m), 5.08-4.97 (4H, m), 4.89 (IH, q, / 6.6Hz), 4.22 (IH, d, / 7.7Hz), 4.15-4.09 (IH, m), 3.50 (IH, br t, / 12Hz), 2.84 (IH, dd, / 10.9, 7.7Hz), 2.21-2.11 (5H, m), 1.78 (IH, br d, / 12Hz), 1.64 (IH, br q, / 12Hz), and 1.35 (3H, d, 76.6Hz).
DESCRIPTION 39 3-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3- phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)-l,3,5-propanetriol
(2R,3R,4R)-α,α-Di-(2-propenyl)-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}- tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-methanol (Description 39; 1.48 g, 2.8 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane/methanol (1:1, 30 mL), cooled to -78 °C and purged with nitrogen and then oxygen. Ozone was bubbled through the mixture for 15-20 minutes, until a blue coloration persisted. The mixture was purged with oxygen, then nitrogen, warmed to 0 °C and sodium borohydride (0.21 g, 5.6 mmol) was added in portions. The mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 30 minutes, aqueous ammonium chloride (10%, 50 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic fractions were dried (MgSO4) and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with EtOAc/hexane (50:50), to give the title compound as a colorless oil (0.80 g, 55%).
1H NMR (400MHz, CDC13): δ 7.66 (IH, s), 7.19 (3H, m), 7.14 (2H, s), 7.04 (2H, m), 4.89 (IH, q, 76.6Hz), 4.25 (IH, d, 78.0Hz), 4.17 (IH, br d, 71 lHz), 3.80 (2H, br s), 3.70(1H, br m), 3.56 (2H, m), 3.40 (IH, s), 3.24 (IH, br s), 2.84 (IH, br s), 2.72 (IH, dd, 711.3, 8.0Hz), 2.37 (IH, br t, 711Hz), 1.89-1.80 (2H, m), 1.70-1.56 (3H, m), 1.34 (3H, d, 76.6Hz), 1.19-1.13 (IH, m).
DESCRIPTION 40 3-((2^,3i?,4fi)-{(li?)-l-[3,5-Bϊs(trifluøromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3- phenyl-2/7-pyran-4-yl)-l,3,5-propanetriol l,5-DimethyIsulfonate Methanesulfonyl chloride (0.24 mL, 0.36 g, 3.2 mmol) was added slowly to a stirred, cooled (-10 °C) solution of 3-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)-l,3,5- propanetriol (Description 39; 0.80 g, 1.5 mmol) and triethylamine (0.48 mL, 0.35 g, 3.5 mmol) in dichloromethane (8 mL). The mixture was stirred at -10 °C for 20 minutes, then water (25 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed with aqueous citric acid (10%, 30 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium carbonate (30 mL), dried (MgSO ) and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to give the title compound as a colorless foam (1.0 g, 100%).
1H NMR (500MHz, CDC13): δ 7.67 (IH, s), 7.28 (3H, m), 7.13 (4H, m), 4.90 (IH, q, 7 6.6Hz), 4.34-4.15 (6H, m), 3.68 (IH, s), 3.58 (IH, br t, / 11Hz), 2.97 (3H, s), 2.95 (3H, s), 2.78 (IH, m), 2.22 (IH, br t, 711Hz), 1.97-1.94 (3H, m), 1.83-1.76 (2H, m), 1.61 (IH, m), 1.35 (3H, d, 76.6Hz).
DESCRIPTION 41
(2^,3^,4fi)-2-{(lfi)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-4- [(2R or iS)-oxiranyl]-3-phenyl-2fir-pyran; and
(2«,3i?,4«)-2-{(li?)-l-[3,5-Bi§(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetralιydro-4- [{2S or i?)-oxiranyl]-3-phenyl-2i?-pyran (Isomers A and B) Dimethylsulfoxide (10 mL) was added to sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 385 mg, 9.6 mmol) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Tetrahydrofuran (20 mL) was added and the mixture was cooled to -10 °C. Trimethylsulfonium iodide (2.13 g, 10.4 mmol) in dimethylsulfoxide (10 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 10 minutes. (2R,3R,4R)-2-{(lR)-l- [3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4- carboxaldehyde (WO 00/56727A1; 3.58 g, 8.0 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 30 minutes, then at room temperature for 30 minutes. Water (100 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 100 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed with water (4 x 100 mL) and brine (100 mL), dried (MgSO ) and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with hexane/EtOAc (85:15 increasing to 80:20), to give: (2R,3R,4R)-2-{(IR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxyjtetrahydro-4-[(2R oτ S)- oxiranyl]-3-phenyl-2H-pyran (Isomer A; single diastereoisomer; epoxide stereochemistry unassigned) as a colorless oil (1.37 g, 37%); 1H NMR (500MHz, CDC13): δ 7.67 (IH, s), 7.23 (5H, m), 7.01 (2H, m), 4.97 (IH, q, /6.6Hz), 4.28 (IH, d, / 8.4Hz), 4.16 (IH, br d, / 1 IHz), 3.53 (IH, br t, / 1 IHz), 2.65 (IH, dd, / 8.4Hz), 2.60 (IH, m), 2.34 (IH, t, /4.5Hz), 1.95 (IH, dd, /4.5, 2.7Hz ), 1.84 (IH, br d, / 11Hz), 1.68 (IH, m), 1.57 (IH, m), 1.37 (3H, d, /6.6Hz); and
(2R,3R,4R)-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-4-[(2S or R)- oxiranyl]-3-phenyl-2H-pyran (Isomer B; single diastereoisomer; epoxide stereochemistry unassigned) as a colorless oil (0.51 g, 14%); 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCI3): δ 7.67 (IH, s), 7.27-7.20 (5H, m), 7.08 (2H, m), 4.96 (IH, q, /6.6Hz), 4.25 (IH, d, / 8.3Hz), 4.13 (IH, br d, / 12Hz), 3.54 (IH, br t, / 12Hz), 2.68 (IH, m), 2.61 (IH, dd, / 11.5, 8.3Hz), 2.50 (IH, t, /4.6Hz), 2.46 (IH, dd, /4.6, 2.8Hz), 2.03 (IH, m), 1.60 (IH, br d, / 12Hz), 1.49 (IH, m), 1.37 (3H, d, / 6.6Hz); and a 1:1 mixture of Isomer A and Isomer B (1.16 g, 31%).
EXAMPLE 1 (4«)-8-[(25,3i?,4i?)-2-[(lK)-l-(355-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(3- bromo-4-fluorophenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-yI]metlιyl-2-oxa-8-a3a- spiro[4.5]decan-4-ol (lS,4R)-4,7,7-Trimethyl-3-oxo-2-oxa-bicyclo[2.2.1 ]heρtane-l-carboxylic acid (4R)-8- {(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(3-bromo-4- fluoroρhenyl)-tetrahydropyran-4-ylmethyl}-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]dec-4-yl ester (Description 14; 130mg, 0.15mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (3ml) and the solution was cooled to -78°C under nitrogen. A solution of diisobutylaluminium hydride (0.9ml, IM in toluene) was added dropwise and the solution was stirred for 30min. Methanol (0.1ml) was added dropwise and the resulting quenched solution was poured carefully onto sodium hydroxide (10ml, 4M). This was stirred for 30min. The organic extracts were pooled, washed with brine, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel using 1-5% methanol in dichloromethane as eluant. This afforded the product as a white foam (96mg, 93%).
This was further purified by recrystallisation of the HCI salt from ether- dichloromethane to give the product as white crystals (86mg). 1H NMR (500MHz, CDC13): δ 7.69 (IH, s), 7.23 (IH, dd, 72.1, 6.5Hz), 7.21 (2H, s), 6.98 (IH, t, 78.3Hz), 6.89-6.92 (IH, m), 4.95(1H, q, 76.5Hz), 4.10-4.14 (2H, m), 4.03 (IH, dd, 74.6, lO.OHz), 3.90 (IH, dd, 7 1.7, 4.4Hz), 3.65 (IH, dd, /2.2, lO.OHz), 3.59 (IH, d, / 8.5Hz), 3.54 (IH, d, / 8.5Hz), 3.51 (IH, dd, / 12.1, 2.0Hz), 2.39-2.37 (IH, m), 2.37 (IH, dd, / 8.3, ll.OHz), 2.28-2.20 (IH, m), 2.12-1.84 (6H, m), 1.73 - 1.68 (IH, m), 1.49-1.43 (2H, m), 1.39 (3H, d, /6.6Hz); m/z (ES+) 684 (M++1, 95%), 686 (M++1, 100%).
EXAMPLE 2 (4RS)-8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-phenyl- tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4-ol
Triethylamine (140μL, l.Ommol) was added to a suspension of 2-oxa-8-aza- spiro[4.5]decan-4-ol hydrochloride (Description 8; O.lg, 0.54mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (2ml). After 10 minutes, (2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-phenyl-tetrahydropyran-4-carbaldehyde (see Example 43 in WO 00/56727; 0.24g, 0.54mmol) was added as a solution in 1,2- dichloroethane (3ml). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes then sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.2g, 0.94mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The mixture was partitioned between dichloromethane and brine. The organic layer was dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography, eluting with 5% methanol/dichloromethane, to give the title compound (72mg, 23%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.58 (IH, s), 7.16-7.15 (3H, m), 7.09 (2HS s), 6.95- 6.92 (2H, m), 4.87 (IH, q, 76.6Hz), 4.12 (IH, d, 78.3Hz), 4.07 (IH, dd, 73.5, 11.7Hz), 3.96-3.93 (IH, m), 3.83-3.81 (IH, m), 3.59-3.43 (4H, m), 2.41-2.38 (IH, m), 2.34-2.29 (IH, m), 2.21-2.15 (IH, m), 2.05-1.85 (5H, m), 1.74-1.66 (2H, m), 1.45- 1.34 (4H, m), 1.29 (3H, d, 76.6Hz).
EXAMPLE 3 (45)-8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)-tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4-ol
A solution of (15,4R)-4,7,7-trimethyl-3-oxo-2-oxa-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-l-carboxylic acid (4RS)-8-{(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)-tetrahydropyran-4-ylmethyl}-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]dec-4-yl ester (Description 12; 138mg, 0.175mmol) in dichloromethane (5ml) was cooled to -78°C and diisobutylaluminium hydride (1.5M in toluene, 0.5ml, 0.75mmol) added. The reaction was stirred for 30 minutes then quenched by the addition of 2M aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. The mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature then dried over Na2SO4 and filtered through Celite™. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and the residue purified by preparative thin layer chromatography, eluting with 7% methanol/dichloromethane to give the title compound (27mg, 26%). 1H NMR (360 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.67 (IH, s), 7.17 (2H, s), 7.00-6.92 (4H, m), 4.95 (IH, q, 76.5Hz), 4.15-4.11 (2H, m), 4.04-4.00 (IH, m), 3.90-3.89 (IH, m), 3.67-3.60 (2H, m), 3.54-3.48 (2H, m), 2.52-2.42 (IH, m), 2.41-2.36 (IH, m), 2.34-2.14 (2H, m), 2.10-1.87 (4H, m), 1.86-1.76 (IH, m), 1.75-1.67 (IH, m), 1.55-1.40 (4H, m), 1.36 (3H, d, 76.5Hz); m/z (ES+) 606 (M+H) +. EXAMPLE 4 (4R)-8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)-tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4-ol
The title compound was prepared from (15,4R)-4,7,7-trimethyl-3-oxo-2-oxa- bicyclo[2.2. l]heρtane-l-carboxylic acid (4R)-8-{ (2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(335- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4-fluorophenyl)-tetrahydropyran-4-ylmethyl}- 2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]dec-4-yl ester (Description 13) according to the method of Example 3.
1H NMR (360 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.67 (IH, s), 7.17 (2H, s), 7.03-6.89 (4H, m), 4.95 (IH, q, 76.6Hz), 4.13 (2H, m), 4.02 (IH, dd, 74.7, 9.8Hz), 3.90 (IH, m), 3.65 (IH, dd, J 2.0, 10.2Hz), 3.59 (IH, d, / 8.2Hz), 3.53 (IH, dd, / 8.6Hz), 3.50 (IH, dd, / 1.6, 12.1Hz), 2.57-1.52 (11H, m), 1.60-1.40 (4H, m), 1.36 (3H, d, 76.5Hz); m/z (ES+) 606 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 5 (4RS)-8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(3,4- difluorophenyl)-tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4-ol
A mixture of methanesulfonic acid [(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)- phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl ester (Description 16; 0.275g, 0.49mmol), 2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4-ol hydrochloride (Description 8; O.lg, 0.37mmol), potassium carbonate (237g, 1.7mmol) and acetonitrile (3ml) was stirred at 55°C overnight and then at 65°C for 18 hours. The mixture was treated with water and extracted into dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by preparative TLC (dichloromethane: methanol) to give the title compound. m/z (ES+) 624 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 6 8-[(2i??3^,4i?)-2-[(l«)-l-(3?5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-a2a-spiro[4.5]decane A mixture of 2-[l-{(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3- (4-fluorophenyl)-tetrahydropyran-4-carbaldehyde (Description 11; 0.15g, 0.32mmol), 2-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5jdecane hydrochloride (0.85g, 0.48mmol), triethylamine (50μL, 0.49mmol), sodium triacetoxyborohydride (0.136g, 0.64mmol) and dichloroethane (3ml) was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The mixture was treated with sodium bicarbonate and extracted into dichloromethane. The combined organic extracts were dried (Na2SO ) and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography on alumina (grade HI) using ethyl acetate in hexane (10-50%) to give the title compound.
1H NMR (360 MHz, CDC13): δ 1.36 (3H, d, /6.6Hz), 1.38-1.55 (5H, m), 1.61 (2H, t, / 7.1Hz), 1.82-2.05 (6H, m), 2.18-2.31 (2H, m), 2.37 (IH, dd, 710.5, 8.4Hz), 3.43 (2H, s), 3.51 (IH, br t), 3.77 (2H, t, 77.1Hz), 4.10-4.14 (2H, m), 4.95 (IH, q, 6.6Hz), 6.91-7.01 (4H, m), 7.17 (2H, s), 7.67 (IH, s); m/z (ES+) 591 (M++H, 100%).
EXAMPLE 7- 8-[(2R,35,45)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3- phenyl(tetrahydropyran-4-yl)]methyl-l,l-dimethyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane
A mixture of (2R,35,45)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3- phenyl(tetrahydropyran)-4-aldehyde (see Example 43 in WO 00/56727) and 1,1- dimethyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane {Bioorg. and Med. Chem. Lett. 2002, 12, 1759) was reacted and purified according to the procedure described in Example 6 to give the title compound.
1H NMR (360 MHz, CDC13): δ 1.07 (3H, s), 1.08 (3H, s), 1.20-1.37 (3H, m), 1.46 (3H, d, 76.6Hz), 1.50-1.64 (3H, m), 1.78-1.91 (3H, m), 2.0-2.15 (3H, m), 2.57-2.71 (3H, m), 2.97-3.02 (IH, m), 3.72-3.79 (3H, m), 4.04-4.10 (IH, m), 4.41 (IH, d, 3.2Hz), 4.95 (IH, q, 76.6Hz), 7.24-7.26 (5H, m), 7.36 (2H, s), 7.67 (IH, s); m/z (ES+) 600 (M++H, 100%)
EXAMPLE 8 8-[(2R,3S,45)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3- phenyI(tetrahydropyran-4-yl)]methyl-2,2-dimethyI-l-oxa-8-asa-spiro[4.5]decane A mixture of (2R,35,45)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3- phenyl(tetrahydropyran)-4-aldehyde (see Example 43 in WO 00/56727) and 2,2- dimethyl-l-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane (Description 18) was reacted and purified according to the procedure described in Example 6 to give the title compound. 1H NMR (360 MHz, CDC13): δ 1.20 (6H, s), 1.44 (3H, d, /6.6Hz), 1.46-1.55 (4H, m), 1.60-1.71 (IH, m), 1.72-1.82 (4H, m), 1.82-1.95 (IH, m), 1.95-2.18 (3H, m), 2.25- 2.38 (2H, m), 2.50-2.65 (3H, m), 3.73-3.75 (IH, m), 3.97-4.04 (IH, m), 4.41 (IH, d, 2.3Hz), 4.87 (IH, q, 76.6Hz), 7.18 (2H, s) 7.18-7.32 (5H, m), 7.58 (IH, s); m z (ES+) 600 (M++H, 100%)
EXAMPLE 9> 8-[(2ff,3S,4S)-2-[(l^)-l-(355-Bi§(trifluorømethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-ρhenyl- tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-l-oxa-8-a-.a-spiro[4.5]decane A mixture of (2R,35',4S)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)ρhenyl)ethoxy]-3- phenyl(tetrahydropyran)-4-aldehyde (see Example 43 in WO 00/56727) and l-oxa-8- aza-spiro[4.5]decane (Description 17) was reacted and purified according to the procedure described in Example 6 to give the title compound. 1H NMR (360 MHz, CDCI3): δ 1.45 (3H, d, 76.6Hz), 1.46-1.70 (7H, m), 1.86-2.32 (7H, m), 2.40-2.75 (4H, m), 3.73-3.78 (3H, m), 4.04-4.10 (IH, m), 4.41 (IH, d, 3.0Hz), 4.95 (IH, q, 76.6Hz), 7.18-7.29 (5H, m) 7.35 (2H, s), 7.67 (IH, s); m/z (ES+) 572 (MT+H, 100%).
EXAMPLE 10
8-[(2R,35,4S)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-phenyl- tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane
A mixture of (2R,35,41S)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)ρhenyl)ethoxy]-3- phenyl(tetrahydropyran)-4-aldehyde (see Example 43 in WO 00/56727) and 2-oxa-8- aza-spiro[4.5]decane {Bioorg. and Med. Chem. Lett. 2002, 12, 1759) was reacted and purified according to the procedure described in Example 6 to give the title compound.
1H NMR (360 MHz, CDC13): δ 1.45 (3H, d, /6.6Hz), 1.48-1.70 (5H, m), 1.66 (2H, t, / 7.1Hz), 1.86-1.98 (IH, m), 2.01-2.20 (4H, m), 2.36-2.48 (2H, m), 2.56 (IH, dd, / 11.9, 3.0Hz), 2.58-2.70 (IH, m), 3.48 (2H, s), 3.75 (IH, dd, 11.1, 3.7Hz), 3.81 (2H, t, 77.1Hz), 3.97-4.04 (IH, m), 4.42 (IH, d, 73.0Hz), 4.87 (IH, q, 76.6Hz), 7.18 (2H, s), 7.19-7.29 (5H, m), 7.59 (IH, s); m/z (ES+) 572 (M++H, 100%). EXAMPLE 11
8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-phenyl- tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-asa-spiro[4.5]decane
A mixture of (2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3- phenyl(tetrahydropyran)-4-aldehyde (see Example 45 in WO 00/56727) and 2-oxa-8- aza-spiro[4.5]decane {Bioorg. and Med. Chem. Lett. 2002, 12, 1759) was reacted and purified according to the procedure described in Example 6 to give the title compound.
1H NMR (360 MHz, CDC13): δ 1.35 (3H, d, 76.6Hz), 1.40-1.50 (3H, m), 1.60 (2H, t, 7
7.1Hz), 1.85-2.05 (6H, m), 2.20-2.42 (3H, m), 3.42 (2H, s), 3.52 (IH, multiplet centre
(mc)), 3.77 (2H, t, 77.1Hz), 4.10-4.16 (IH, m), 4.18 (IH, d, / 8.0Hz), 4.94 (IH, q, /
6.6Hz), 6.99-7.01 (2H, s), 7.16 (2H, s), 7.21-7.25 (3H, m), 7.65 (IH, s); m z (ES+)
572 (M++H, 100%).
EXAMPLE 12 8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-phenyl- tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2,2-dimethyl-l-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane
A mixture of (2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)ρhenyl)ethoxy]-3- phenyl(tetrahydropyran)-4-aldehyde (see Example 45 in WO 00/56727) and 2,2-dimethyl-l-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane (Description 18) was reacted and purified according to the procedure described in Example 6 to give the title compound. 1H NMR (360 MHz, CDCI3): δ 1.16 (6H, s), 1.35 (3H, d, /6.6Hz), 1.38-1.61 (5H, m), 1.71 (4H, br s), 1.86-2.02 (5H, m), 2.15-2.22 (2H, m), 2.31-2.48 (2H, m), 3.50 (IH, br t), 4.08-4.15 (IH, m), 4.17 (IH, d, / 8.3Hz), 4.93 (IH, q, 76.6Hz), 6.98-7.00 (2H, m), 7.16 (2H, s) 7.20 (3H, br s), 7.65 (IH, s); m/z (ES+) 600 (M++H, 100%).
EXAMPLE 13 8-[(2i?,3#,45!)-2-[(l^)-l-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-phenyl- tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-l-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane A mixture of (2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3- phenyl(tetrahydropyran)-4-aldehyde (see Example 45 in WO 00/56727) and l-oxa-8- aza-spiro[4.5]decane (Description 17) was reacted and purified according to the procedure described in Example 6 to give the title compound. 1H NMR (360 MHz, CDC13): δ 1.35 (3H, d, 76.6Hz), 1.46-1.66 (8H, m), 1.84 (2H, qn), 1.90-2.32 (6H, m), 2.37 (2H, t, /7.1Hz), 3.53 (IH, br t), 3.73 (2H, t, /7.1Hz), 4.13 (IH, dd, / 11.7, 3.4Hz), 4.18 (IH, d, 8.2Hz), 4.94 (IH, q, 76.6Hz), 6.96-7.01 (2H, m), 7.16 (2H, s), 7.21 (3H, br s), 7.65 (IH, s); m/z (ES+) 572 (M*+H, 100%)
EXAMPLE 14 §-[(2^,3«,4^)-2-[(l^)-l-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-phenyl- tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-l,l-diιnethyl-2-o-sa-8-asa-§piro[4.5] ecane A mixture of (2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3- phenyl(tetrahydropyran)-4-aldehyde (see Example 45 in WO 00/56727) and l,l-dimethyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane {Bioorg. and Med. Chem. Lett. 2002, 12, 1759) was reacted and purified according to the procedure described in Example 6 to give the title product.
1H NMR (360 MHz, CDC13): δ 1.03 (6H, s), 1.15-1.28 (2H, m), 1.35 (3H, d, /6.6Hz), 1.38-1.49 (2H, m), 1.50-1.59 (3H, m), 1.74 (2H, t, /7.1Hz), 1.86-2.05 (4H, m), 2.38 (IH, br t), 2.51-2.58 (IH, m), 2.61-2.68 (IH, m), 3.52 (IH, br t), 3.73 (2H, t, /7.1Hz), 4.13-4.19 (2H, m), 4.93 (IH, q, /6.6Hz), 6.98-7.01 (2H, m), 7.16 (2H, s) 7.22 (3H, br s), 7.65 (IH, s); m/z (ES+) 600 (M++H, 100%).
EXAMPLE 15 8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)-tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4-one
Dess-Martin periodinane (0.6g, 1.4mmol) was added to a solution of (45)-8- [(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4-fluoroρhenyl)- tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4-ol (Example 3 ; 0.85g,1.4mmol) in dichloromethane (20ml). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours then quenched by addition of saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate. After 30 minutes the mixture was partitioned between water and dichloromethane. The organic extracts were dried and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed on silica gel eluting with 2% methanol / dichloromethane to give the title compound (510mg, 60%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.67 (IH, s), 7.17 (2H, s), 6.99-6.91 (4H, m), 4.96 (IH, q, 76.5Hz), 4.15-4.10 (2H, m), 3.96-3.90 (4H, m), 3.50 (IH, dt, 72, 12.1Hz), 2.64-2.62 (IH, m), 2.52-2.49 (IH, m), 2.38 (IH, dd, / 8.4, 10.9Hz), 2.02-1.87 (5H, m), 1.76-1.66 (3H, m), 1.45-1.39 (3H, m), 1.37 (3H, d, /6.6Hz).
EXAMPLE 16 (4^S)-8-[(2S594«)-2-[(l^)-l-(3s5-Bis(trifluorometϊιyl)phenyI)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyϊ)-tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyI-2-oxa-4-methyl-8-asa- spiro[4.5]decan-4-ol
Methyl magnesium chloride (3.0M solution in tetrahydrofuran, 90μl) was added to a solution of 8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)ρhenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4-one (Example 15; lOOmg, 0.16mmol) stirring in tetrahydrofuran (2ml) at room temperature. After 2 hours the reaction was quenched by addition of saturated ammonium chloride. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic extracts were separated, dried and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/ methanol ammonia mixtures to give the title compound (66mg, 65%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.67 (IH, s), 7.17 (2H, s), 7.03-6.89 (4H, m), 4.95 (IH, q, / 6.6Hz), 4.13 (2H, m), 3.82 (IH, dd, 75.9, 8.5Hz), 3.68-3.61 (3H, m), 3.54- 3.51 (IH, m), 2.69-2.53 (2H, m), 2.39 (IH, td, 2.9, 10.9Hz), 2.01- 1.88 (5H, m), 1.62-1.41 (5H, m), 1.37 (3H, d, 76.6Hz), 1.36-1.35 (IH, m), 1.15 (3H, s); m/z (ES+) 620 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 17
(4R5)-8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-(4- fluorophenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-4-ethynyl-8-aza- spiro[4.5]decan-4-ol
Ethynyl magnesium bromide (0.5M solution in tetrahydrofuran, 0.5mL) was added to a solution of 8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)-tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4-one (Example 15) (lOOmg, 0.16mmol) stirring in tetrahydrofuran (2ml) at room temp. After 2 hours the reaction was quenched by addition of saturated ammonium chloride. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic extracts were separated, dried and concentrated. The residue was purified by chromatography on silica gel eluting with dichloromethane/ methanol/ ammonia mixtures to give the title compound (51mg, 49%).
1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.67 (IH, s), 7.26 (2H, s), 7.17-6.90 (4H, m), 4.95 (IH, q, 76.6Hz), 4,15-4.10 (2H, m)3 3.97-3.95 (IH, m), 3.90-3.84 (2H, m), 3.62-3.48 (2H, m), 2.69-2.57 (3H, m), 2.45 -2.36 (IH, m), 2.08-1.39 (11H, m), 1.37 (3H, d, 7 6.6Hz); m/z (ES+) 630 (M+H)+.
EXAMPLE 18 (8S)-2-[((2«,3194«)-2-[(lfi)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethøxy]-3-phenyl)- tetrahydro-2£f-pyran-4-yl)methyl]-6-oxa-2-azaspiro[3.4]octan-8-ol (2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy]-3-phenyltetrahydro- 2H-ρyran-4-carbaldehyde (WO 00/56727) (760mg, 1.7mmol) and 6-oxa-2- azaspiro[3.4]octan-8-ol (Description 19) (214mg, 1.7mmol) were dissolved in 1,2- dichloroethane (20mL) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride (636mg, 3mmol) was added. The suspension formed was stirred at ambient temperature for 16hrs then quenched with IN sodium hydroxide solution (50mL). The biphasic mixture formed was extracted with dichloromethane (2x50mL), and the extracts were dried (MgSO4) then concentrated to give a gum. The residue was purified by silica chromatography to give a mixture of the two diastereomers, which could be separated by chiral ΗPLC (Cyclobond π, 7.5% EtOΗ/hexane) to give isomer A (for isomer B, see Example 19): Isomer A: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.65 (IH, s), 7.24-7.21 (3H, m), 7.15 (2H, s), 7.03-6.99 (2H, m), 4.93 (IH, q, 76.6Hz), 4.21 (IH, dd, / 2.9, 4.6Hz), 4.17 (IH, d, / 8.4Hz), 4.12 (IH, ddd, / 1.7, 4.6, 11.7Hz) 3.84 (IH, dd, / 4.6, 9.9Hz), 3.76 (2H, s), 3.62 (IH, dd, / 2.8, 9.0Hz), 3.50 (IH, dt, / 2.4, 12.3Hz), 3.37 (IH, d, / 7.4Hz), 3.03 (IH, d, / 6.9Hz), 2.80 (2H, dd, / 7.4, 14.8Hz), 2.41 (IH, dd / 8.0, 11.3Hz), 2.16 (IH, dd, / 9.5, 12.3Hz), 2.07 (IH, dd, / 3.3, 11.8Hz) 1.85-1.75 (2H, m), 1.63 (IH, br m), 1.52-1.41 (IH, m), 1.35 (3H, d, /6.6Hz); m/z (ES+) 560 (M+H).
EXAMPLE 19 (8«)-2-[((2ie53i?s4fi)-2-[(li?)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyϊ)phenyl]ethøxy]-3- pϊιenyltetrahydro-2fl'-pyran-4-yl)methyl]-6-oxa-2-asa§piro[3.4]octan-8-øl This product was the second peak to elute from the prep HPLC run described in Example 18. Isomer B: 1H NMR (360 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.65 (IH, s), 7.27-7.12 (5H, m), 7.01-6.99 (2H, m), 4.93 (IH, q, 7 6.6Hz), 4.23 (IH, dd, 7 3.2, 5.3Hz), 4.17 (IH, dd, / 9.3Hz), 4.12 (IH, ddd, / 2.0, 7.3, 11.8Hz), 3.84 (IH, dd, 74.6, 9.8Hz), 3.75 (2H, s), 3.61 (IH, dd, J 3.1, 9.8Hz), 3.50 (IH, dt, 7 2.4, 12.3Hz), 3.42 (IH, d, 7 7.3Hz), 3.04 (IH, d, 7 6.8Hz), 2.87 (IH, d, 76.8Hz), 2.72 (IH, d, 76.8Hz), 2.41 (IH, dd, 7 8.5, 11Hz), 2.17 (IH, dd, 7 9.2, 12.0Hz), 2.07 (IH, dd, / 3.6, 12.6Hz), 1.86-1.76 (3H, m), 1.52-1.41 (IH, m), 1.35 (3H, d, / 6.6Hz); m/z (ES+) 560 (M+H).
EXAMPLE 20 (4«-?)-8-[(2R,31,4«)-2-[(li?)-l-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-phenyl- tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-l-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decan-4-ol This product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 2 using (2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-phenyl- tetrahydropyran-4-carbaldehyde (WO 0056727) and 4-hydroxy-l-oxa- 8-azaspiro[4.5]decane (Description 20).
1H NMR (500 MHz, CDC13): δ 1.35 (3H, d, / 6.6Hz), 1.38-1.55 (2H, m), 1.6-1.98 (4H, m), 2.00-2.25 (4H, m), 2.38 (IH, dd, / 11.2, 8.4Hz), 2.39-2.7 (2H, m), 3.53 (IH, t, / 12.0Hz), 3.72-3.76 (IH, m), 3.89 (IH, multiplet centre (mc)), 4.13 (IH, dd, / 11.8, 3.4Hz), 4.20 (IH, d, / 8.3Hz), 4.94 (IH, q, / 6.5Hz), 6.99-7.00 (2H, m), 7.16 (2H, s), 7.21-7.22 (3H, m), 7.65 (IH, s); m/z (ES+) 588 (M++1, 100%).
EXAMPLE 21 (4RS)-8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)-tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-3,3-dimethyl-2-oxa-8- azaspiro[4.5]decan-4-ol
This product was prepared according to the procedure described in Example 6 using (2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4-fluorophenyl)- tetrahydropyran-4-carbaldehyde (Description 11) and 4-hydroxy-3,3-dimethyl- 2-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane (Description 21).
1H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD): δ 1.12 (3H, s), 1.24 (3H, s), 1.36 (3H, d, 76.6Hz), 1.39- 1.44 (2H, m), 1.56-1.78 (4H, m), 1.82-2.06 (4H, m), 2.37 (IH, t, 79.1Hz), 2.39-2.56 (2H, m), 3.44 (IH, s), 3.45-3.58 (3H, m), 4.10-4.14 (2H, m), 4.95 (IH, q, 7 6.6Hz), 6.91-6.99 (4H, m), 7.17 (IH, s), 7.67 (IH, s); m/z (ES+) 634 (M++1, 100%). - Ill -
EXAMPLE 22
(4^*)-8-[(2«,3«s4fi)-2-[(l«)-l-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)-tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-l-oxa-8-a2.aspiro[4.S]d©can-4-ol This compound was prepared from the reaction of the compounds of Description 11 and 20 following the procedure described in Example 6. The product was purified by chromatography on silica to give a mixture of two diastereomers, which were separated by chiral HPLC (Cyclobond π, 7.5% EtOH/hexane) to give isomer A: 1H NMR (500MHz, CDC13): δ 7.67 (IH, s), 7.17 (2H, s), 6.98-6.90 (4H, m), 4.95 (IH, q, 76.4Hz), 4.12 (2H, dd, 72.1, 8.3Hz), 3.93-3.89 (2H, m), 3.78-3.74 (IH, m), 3.52 (IH, dd, 7 12.1, 12.1Hz), 2.38 (2H, t, / 8.7Hz), 2.29-2.19 (3H, m), 2.01 (2H, m), 1.93 (2H, m), 1.85 (IH, m), 1.71 (IH, m), 1.41 (3H, s), 1.36 (3H, d, / 6.6Hz); m/z (ES+) 606.
EXAMPLE 23 (45*)-8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)-tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-l-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decan-4-ol
This compound was prepared from the reaction of the compounds of Description 11 and 20 following the procedure described in Example 6. The product was purified by chromatography on silica to give a mixture of two isomers, which were separated by chiral HPLC (Chiralpak AD, 2% EtOH in hexane) to give isomer A (see Example 22) and isomer B:
1H NMR (500MHz, CDC13): δ 7.67 (IH, s), 7.17 (2H, s), 6.98-6.90 (4H, m), 4.97-4.93 (IH, q, 76.6Hz), 4.12 (2H, dd, 72.6, 8.4Hz), 3.93-3.87 (2H, m), 3.79-3.73 (IH, m), 3.51 (IH, dd, / 10, 10Hz), 2.47 (IH, m), 2.38 (IH, t, / 9.6Hz), 2.26-2.19 (3H, m), 2.03-1.93 (5H, m), 1.88-1.82 (IH, m), 1.40-1.34 (6H, m); m/z (ES+) 606.
EXAMPLE 24 (4i?)-8-[((2i?53^,4«)-2-{(l^)-l-[3,5-Bis(trffluorømethyl)pbenyl]ethøxy}-3- phenyltetrahydro-2fl'-pyran-4-yl)methyl]-4-methoxy-2-oxa-8-a2aspiro[4.5]decane To a solution of (4R)-8-[((2R,3R,4R)-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}-3-phenyltetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa- 8-azaspiro[4.5]decan-4-ol (Example 2) (100 mg, 0.17mmol) in anhydrous DMF (lmL) was added a 60 % dispersion of sodium hydride in mineral oil (40mg) under ice cooling. After 15 min of stirring at 0°C methyl iodide (31mg) was added and the mixture was stirred at r.t. for 18h, before it was diluted with water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give the crude product as colourless oil, which was then purified by flash chromatography on silica using 3-5 % methanol in dichloromethane as eluant. The desired product was obtained as colourless viscous oil (76 %).
1H NMR (360 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.65 (IH, s), 7.22 (3H, m), 7.16 (2H, s), 7.01 (2H, m), 4.94 (IH, q, 76.6Hz), 4.18 (IH, d, 78.4Hz), 4.13 (IH, dd, 73.3, 15Hz), 3.90 (IH, dd, 4.4, 9.8Hz), 3.77 (IH, dd, 72.0, 9.9Hz), 3.56-3.48 (3H, m), 3.38-3.34 (IH, m), 3.25 (3H, s), 2.41-2.35 (2H, m), 2.19-2.06 (2H, m), 2.06-1.87 (7H, m), 1.79-1.73 (IH, m), 1.47-1.39 (4H, m), 1.35 (3H, d, 76.6Hz); m z (ES+) 602.
EXAMPLE 25 (4R)-8-[((2R,3R,4R)-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}-3-(4- fluorophenyl)tetrahydro-2-H-pyran-4-yl)methyl]-4-methoxy-2-oxa-8- azaspiro[4.5]decane
This compound was prepared from the compound of Example 4 following the procedure described in Example 24.
1H NMR (360 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.67 (IH, s), 7.17 (2H, s), 7.00-6.92 (4H, m), 4.95 (IH, q, /6.6Hz), 4.16-4.09 (2H, m), 3.90 (IH, dd, 74.4, 9.9Hz), 3.77 (IH, dd, 72.1, 9.9Hz), 3.56-3.48 (3H, m), 3.37 (IH, dd, 72.1, 4.3Hz), 3.26 (3H, s), 2.41-2.33 (2H, m), 2.16-2.07 (2H, m), 2.02-1.84 (5H, m), 1.79-1.71 (IH, m), 1.49-1.39 (2H, m), 1.36 (3H, d, 76.6Hz); m/z (ES+) 620, 362.
EXAMPLE 26 8-[((2Ss3«,4 )-2-{(M)-l-[355-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}-3- phenyltetrahydro-2fir-pyran-4-yl)methyl]-l-oxa-8-a-.aspiro[4.5]decan-3-ol To a solution of (2R,3R,4R)-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}-3- ρhenyltetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-carbaldehyde (WO 00/56727) (0.97g, 2.71mmol) and triethylamine (0.72mL, 5.17mmol) in 1,2-dichloroethane (15mL) was added l-oxa-8- aza[4.5]decan-3-ol trifluoroacetate (Description 22) (775 mg), followed by sodium triacetoxyborohydride (630 mg, 3mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred for 2h at room temperature, then treated with dilute sodium hydroxide solution and extracted with dichloromethane. The combined organic phases were washed with brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give the crude product as a light brown oil. Flash chromatography on a column of silica gel with a gradient solvent system of 5-10 % methanol in dichloromethane afforded the title compound as a mixture of epimers (53 %, 0.85g).
1H NMR (360 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.66 (IH, s), 7.22 (3H, s), 7.16 (2H, s), 7.00 (2H, m), 4.94 (IH, q, / 6.6Hz), 4.43 (IH, br s), 4.20 (IH, d, 78.2Hz), 4.13 (IH, dd, 73.3, 11.9Hz), 3.82 (IH, dd, 74.2, 9.9Hz), 3.72 (IH, d, 710. IHz), 3.54 (IH, dd, / 12, 12Hz), 2.59-1.41 (ca. 20H, methylene envelope), 1.24 (3H, d, / 6.6Hz); m/z (ES+) 588.
EXAMPLE 27 8-[((2R,3R,4R)-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}-3- phenyltetrahydro-2/7-pyran-4-yl)methyl]-l-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decan-3-one
This compound was prepared from the compound of Example 26 following the procedure described in Example 15.
1H NMR (360 MHz, CDC13): δ 7.65 (IH, s), 7.23-7.19 (3H, m), 7.17 (2H, s), 7.09- 6.97 (2H, m), 4.94 (IH, q, / 6.5Hz), 4.18 (IH, d, / 8.3Hz), 4.13 (IH, dd, 74.2, 11.7Hz), 3.92 (2H, s), 3.53 (IH, t, 11. IHz), 2.49-2.42 (IH, m), 2.39 (IH, dd, 78.4, 10.8Hz), 2.31-2.17 (2H, m), 2.05 (2H, dd, / 10.2, 12.6Hz), 2.00-1.93 (3H, m), 1.76- 1.68 (2H, m), 1.67-1.58 (2H, m), 1.48-1.38 (IH, m), 1.36 (3H, d, /6.6Hz); m/z (ES+) 586.
EXAMPLE 28 {2R or S,5R or ,S)-5-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]- ethosy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)tetrahydro-N-(phenylmethyl)-2- furanmethanan ine
A solution of {2RS,5R or 5)-5-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]- ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)-l,2,5-pentanetriol l-(4- methylbenzenesulfonate) 5-methanesulfonate (3:1 mixture of alcohol diastereoisomers; Description 27; 0.48 g, 0.63 mmol) and benzenemethanamine (0.69 mL, 6.3 mmol) in methanol (10 mL) was placed in a sealed tube and heated in a microwave oven at 140 °C for 10 minutes. The mixture was cooled and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (20 mL), washed with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate (20 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried (Na SO ), and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography on silica gel, eluting with EtOAc/MeOH/NH3(Aq.) (98:2:0.2), to give the title compound (single diastereoisomer) as a colorless oil (0.12 g, 31%).
1H NMR (500MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.71 (IH, s), 7.31-7.06 (12H, m), 4.99 (IH, q, 7 6.5Hz), 4.34 (IH, d, 78.5Hz), 4.10 (IH, m), 3.94 (IH, m), 3.63 (3H, m), 3.53 (IH, m), 2.41 (3H, m), 2.29 (IH, m), 1.92 (IH, m), 1.71 (3H, m), 1.51 (IH, m), 1.36 (IH, m), 1.32 (3H, d, 76.6Hz); m/z (ES+) 608 (M+l).
EXAMPLE 29
(2S or R,5R or 5)-5-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]- ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2/7-pyran-4-yl)tetrahydro-N-(phenylmethyl)-2- furanmethanamine
The title compound (single diastereoisomer) was prepared from {2RS,5R or S)-5- ((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H- pyran-4-yl)-l,2,5-pentanetriol l-(4-methylbenzenesulfonate) 5-methanesulfonate (1:3 mixture of alcohol diastereoisomers; Description 28) according to the method of Example 28.
1H NMR (500MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.71 (IH, s), 7.31-7.06 (12H, m), 4.99 (IH, q, 7 6.5Hz), 4.34 (IH, d, 78.5Hz), 4.10 (IH, m), 3.78 (IH, m), 3.63 (2H, ABX), 3.60 (IH, dt, / 2.0, 11.8Hz), 3.45 (IH, m), 2.53 (IH, dd, / 3.7, 12.0Hz), 2.46 (IH, dd, / 8.4, 12.0Hz), 2.39 (IH, dd, / 8.3, 11.8Hz), 2.27 (IH, m), 1.80 (IH, m), 1.65 (3H, m), 1.42 (2H, m), 1.32 (3H, d, / 6.6Hz); m z (ES+) 608 (M+l). EXAMPLE 30 (2R or S,5R or 5)-5-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]- ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2ff-pyran-4-yl)tetrahydro-2-fιιranmethanamine
Dried palladium hydroxide on carbon (20 mg) was added to a solution of
(2R or S,5R or 5)-5-((2R,3R,4i?)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}- tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)tetrahydro-N-(ρhenylmethyl)-2- furanmethanamine (Example 28; 0.12 g, 0.20 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) and the mixture was stirred under hydrogen (1 Atmosphere) for 12 hours. The mixture was filtered through Celite™ and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography on silica gel, eluting with EtOAc/MeOH/NH3(Aq.) (90:10:1) then by preparative HPLC (Supelsosil™
ABZ+PLUS 100x21.2 mm i.d.; gradient 0.1% TFA-H2O/45%MeCN to 0.1%
TFA-H2O/55%MeCN over 10 min; 20 mL/min; 210 nm; 400 μl injections of a
20 mg/mL solution in MeCN), to give the title compound (single diastereoisomer) as a colorless oil (0.30 mg, 29%).
1H NMR (500MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.71 (IH, s), 7.31 (2H, m), 7.17 (3H, m), 7.09 (2H, m), 4.99 (IH, q, /6.5Hz), 4.36 (IH, d, / 8.1Hz), 4.14 (IH, m), 3.83 (IH, m), 3.63
(IH, dt, /2.3, ll.OHz), 3.57 (IH, m), 2.53 (IH, m), 2.43 (2H, m), 2.32 (IH, m), 1.92
(IH, m), 1.73 (3H, m), 1.53 (IH, m), 1.40 (IH, m), 1.32 (3H, d, / 6.6Hz); m/z (ES+)
518 (M+l), 260 (M+l-Ci0H8F6O).
EXAMPLE 31 (2S or R,5R or S)-5-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]- ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2/7-pyran-4-yl)-N,N-diethyltetrahydro-2- furanmethanamine
The title compound was prepared from {2S or R,5R or 5)-5-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)tetrahydro-N-
(phenylmethyl)-2-furanmethanamine (Example 29) according to the method of
Example 30.
1H NMR (500MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.71 (IH, s), 7.31 (2H, s), 7.17 (3H, m), 7.09 (2H, m),
4.99 (IH, q, /6.5Hz), 4.36 (IH, d, / 8.1Hz), 4.14 (IH, m), 3.63 (IH, m), 3.45 (IH, dt,
/2.3, ll.OHz), 3.30 (IH, m), 2.70-2.53 (5H, m), 2.41 (IH, dd, / 8.1, 12.0Hz), 2.33 (1H, m), 1.88 (IH, m), 1.70 (3H, m), 1.53 (IH, m), 1.40 (IH, m), 1.32 (3H, d, / 6.6Hz), 1.02 (6H, t, /7.1Hz); m/z (ES+) 574 (M+l).
EXAMPLE 32 (3 ? or S)-3-((2fi,3i?,4S)-{(li?)-l-[3,5-Bi§(trifluoromethyl)pheJttyI]efhøxy}- tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2flr-pyran-4-yl)tIιiømorpho ne; and (3S or «)-3-((2^,3^54«)-{(lff)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyI)phenyl]ethøxy}- tetrahydrø-3-phenyl-2fl'-pyran-4-yl)tϊιiomorpholiιιe
Methanesulfonyl chloride (0.12 mL, 0.17 g, 1.5 mmol) was added dropwise to a stirred, cooled (-10 °C) solution of (2R,3R,4R,αR or S)- -{ [(2- hydroxyethyl)thio] methyl } -2- { ( IR)- 1 - [3 ,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl] ethoxy } - tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-methanol and {2R,3R,4R, S or R)-α-{ [(2- hydroxyethyl)thio]methyl } -2- { ( IR)- 1 - [3 ,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyι] ethoxy } - tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-methanol (Description 30, 1:1 mixture of diastereoisomers; 269 mg, 0.5 mmol) and triethylamine (0.28 mL, 0.20 g, 2 mmol) in dichloromethane (5 mL) and the mixture was stirred at -10 °C for 10 minutes. Water (20 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic fractions were washed with aqueous citric acid (10%, 2 x 20 mL), saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate/water (1:1, 2 x 20 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried (MgSO4) and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in methanolic ammonia (7M, 5 mL), placed in a sealed tube and heated in a microwave oven at 60 °C for 10 minutes. The mixture was cooled and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with CΗ2Cl2/MeOΗ/NΗ3(aq.) (99:1:0.1 increasing to 96:4:0.4), to give the title compound (1:1 mixture of thiomorpholine epimers) as a colorless foam (81 mg, 31%). 1H NMR (500MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.71, 7.70 (IH, each s), 7.32-7.12 (7H, m), 4.99 (IH, m), 4.39, 4.32 (IH, each d, / 8.4Hz), 4,08 (IH, m), 3.58 (IH, m), 3.13-2.36 (8H, m), 2.08 (IH, m), 1.82-1.55 (2H, m), and 1.32, 1.31 (3H, each d, / 6.6Hz); m/z (ES+) 520 (M+l) and 262 (M+1-C10H8F6O). EXAMPLE 33 (2S)-2-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}-tetrahydro-3- phenyl-2Jϊ-pyran-4-yl)-l-methyla»etϊdine
(lR)-l-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3- phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)-l,3-propanediol dimethylsulfonate (Description 35; 0.25 g3 0.39 mmol) was dissolved in methylamine (2.0M in methanol, 4 mL) and heated at 140 °C for 10 minutes in a sealed tube in a Smith microwave reactor. The mixture was cooled and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. Saturated aqueous potassium carbonate (50 mL) was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic fractions were dried (MgSO4) and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography on silica gel, eluting with CH2Cl2/MeOH/NH3(Aq.) (100:10:1), to give the title compound as a pale yellow solid (20 mg, 10%).
1H NMR (500MHz, CD3OD) δ 1.31 (3H, d, / 6.6Hz), 1.58 (IH, app dq,), 1.75 (IH, m), 1.81 (IH, m), 2.00 (IH, m), 2.10 (IH, m), 2.30 (IH, dd, / 8.2, 11.6Hz), 2.59 (IH, q, / 9.4Hz), 2.80 (IH, m), 3.22 (IH, m), 3.64 (IH, dd, / 9.7, 12.0Hz), 4.14 (IH, m), 4.34 (IH, d, / 8.2Hz), 4.99 (IH, q, /6.6Hz), 7.07-7.09 (2H, m), 7.19-7.24 (3H, m), 7.31 (2H, s), 7.71 (IH, s); m z (ES+) 488 (M+l) and 230 (M+1-C10H8F6O).
EXAMPLE 34 (2R)-2-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}-tetrahydro- 3-phenyl-2flr-pyran-4-yl)-l-methylazetidine
Prepared from (15)-l-((2R,3R,4R)-{ (lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]- ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)-l,3-propanediol dimethylsulfonate (Description 36) according to the method of Example 33.
1H NMR (500MHz, CD3OD) δ 1.05 (IH, m), 1.14 (IH, m), 1.31 (3H, d, 76.6Hz), 1.42 (IH, m), 1.80 (IH, dd, 74, 2Hz), 2.12 (IH, m), 2.33 (3H, s), 2.36 (IH, m), 2.62 (IH, m), 2.93 (IH, m), 3.14 (IH, m), 3.63 (IH, dd, 712.1, 2.1Hz), 4.12 (IH, m), 4.42 (IH, d, 78.5Hz), 4.99 (IH, m), 7.05-7.06 (2H, m), 7.15-7.18 (3H, m), 7.32 (2H, app. s), 7.71 (IH, s); m/z (ES+) 488 (M+l) and 230 (M+1-C10H8F6O). EXAMPLE 35 4-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3- phβnyl-2Jϊ-pyran-4-yl)piperidm-4-ol
3-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl- 2H-pyran-4-yl)-l,3,5-propanelriol 1,5-dimethylsulfonate (Description 40; 0.13 g, 0.19 mmol) was dissolved in methanolic ammonia (7M, 2 mL) and heated at 130 °C for 20 minutes in a sealed tube in a Smith microwave reactor. The mixture was cooled and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in water (25 mL) and basified with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate. The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 30 mL). The combined organic fractions were dried (MgSO4) and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with CH2Cl2/MeOH/NH3(Aq.) (90:10:1), to give the title compound as a colorless oil (25 mg, 25%).
1H NMR (500MHz, CDC13) δ 7.65 (IH, s), 7.24-7.18 (3H, m), 7.16 (2H, s), 7.12 (2H, m), 4.90 (IH, q, / 6.6Hz), 4.25 (IH, d, /7.4Hz), 4.16 (IH, br d, / 11Hz), 3.54 (IH, br t, / 11Hz), 2.84-2.79 (4H, m), 2.72 (IH, s), 2.02 (IH, br t, / 11Hz), 1.8 (IH, br s), 1.78 (IH, br d, / 11Hz), 1.64 (IH, br q, / 11Hz), 1.56-1.51 (3H, m), 1.36 (3H, d, / 6.6Hz), 1.31 (IH, m), 1.2 (IH, br s); m/z (ES+) 518 (M+l) and 260 (M+1-C10H8F6O).
EXAMPLE 36 4-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3- phenyl-2JJ-pyran-4-yl)-l-cyclopropylpiperidin-4-ol
Prepared from 3-((2R,3R,4R)-{ (lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)ρhenyl]ethoxy }- tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)-l,3,5-propanetriol 1,5-dimethylsulfonate (Description 40) and cyclopropylamine according to the method of Example 33. 1H NMR (500MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.69 (IH, s), 7.27 (2H, s), 7.16-7.10 (5H, m), 4.92 (IH, q, /6.6Hz), 4.25 (IH, d, / 8.1Hz), 4.10 (IH, br d, / 12Hz), 3.60 (IH, br t, / 12Hz), 2.80 (IH, dd, / 11.1, 8.1Hz), 2.65 (IH, m), 2.52-2.44 (2H, m), 2.34 (IH, m), 2.08 (IH, br t, 712Hz), 1.78 (IH, br d, 712Hz), 1.69 (IH, br q, 7 12Hz), 1.56 (IH, m), 1.45 (IH, m), 1.34 (IH, m), 1.32 (3H, d, 76.6Hz), 1.12 (2H, m), 0. 1 (2H, m), 0.30 (2H, m); m/z (ES+) 558 (M+l) and 300 (M+1-C10H8F6O). EXAMPLE 37 4-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3- phenyl-2Iϊ-pyran-4-yl)-l-(l-methylβthyl)piperidin-4-ol Prepared from 3-((2R,3R,4R)-{ (li?)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy }- tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2/f-pyran-4-yl)-l,3,5-propanetriol 1,5-dimethylsulfonate (Description 40) and isopropylamine according to the method of Example 33. 1H NMR (500MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.70 (IH, s), 7.27 (2H, s), 7.18-7.11 (5H, m), 4.93 (IH, q, 76.6Hz), 4.27 (IH, d, 78.1Hz), 4.11 (IH, br d, 7 12Hz), 3.61 (IH, br t, 7 12Hz), 2.86 (IH, m), 2.80 (IH, dd, 7 11.1, 8.1Hz), 2.76-2.55 (4H, m), 2.12 (IH, br t, 7 12Hz), 1.79 (IH, br d, 7 12Hz), 1.70 (IH, br q, 7 12Hz), 1.60 (IH, m), 1.47 (IH, m), 1.32 (3H, d, 76.6Hz), 1.24 (2H, m), 1.09 (3H, d, 76.5Hz), 1.08 (3H, d, 76.5Hz); m/z (ES+) 560 (M+l).
EXAMPLE 38 (αR or 5)-α-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}- tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2/7-pyran-4-yl)-l-piperidineethanol Hydrochloride
A mixture of (2R,3R,4R)-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}- tetrahydro-4-[(2R or S)-oxiranyl]-3-phenyl-2H-pyran (Description 41, Isomer A; 70 mg, 0.15 mmol) and piperidine (45 μL, 39 mg, 0.46 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) was placed in a sealed tube and heated in a microwave oven at 130 °C for 20 minutes. The mixture was cooled and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with EtOAc then CΗ2Cl2/MeOΗ/NΗ3(Aq.) (95:5:0.5), then by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with CH2Cl2/MeOH (90:10) to give (oR or S)-a-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)-l- piperidineethanol as a solid (28 mg, 34%). The solid was dissolved in diethyl ether and ethereal hydrogen chloride (IM, 0.2 mL) was added. The solid was collected and dried in vacuo to give the title compound as a colorless solid. 1H NMR (500MHz, CDC13) δ 11.0 (IH, s), 7.66 (IH, s), 7.24 (3H, m), 7.18 (2H, s), 7.03 (2H, m), 4.95 (IH, q, 76.6Hz), 4.24 (IH, d, J 8.5Hz), 4.17 (IH, br d, / 11Hz), 3.76 (IH, br d, / 11Hz), 3.50 (IH, br t, / 11Hz), 3.43 (IH, br d, / 11Hz), 3.31 (IH, br d, / 11Hz), 2.94 (IH, br t, / 11Hz), 2.87 (IH, dd, / 11.2, 8.5Hz), 2.55 (IH, br q, / 11Hz), 2.40-2.10 (4H, m), 1.95-1.05 (6H, m), 1.35 (3H, d, 76.6Hz), 1.32 (IH, m); m/z (ES+) 546 (M+l) and 288 (M+1-C10H8F6O).
EXAMPLE 39 (αS or «)-«-((2 53^,4H)-{(l^)-l-[3,5-Bi§(trifluoromeihyl)pbenyl]etlιoxy}- tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2£f-pyran-4-yl)-l-piperidineethanol Hydrochloride Prepared from (2R,3R,4R)-2-{ (lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy }- tetrahydro-4-[(25 or R)-oxiranyl]-3-phenyl-2H-pyran (Description 41, Isomer B) and piperidine according to the method of Example 38.
1H NMR (400MHz, CDC13) δ 11.18 (IH, s), 7.65 (IH, s), 7.25 (3H, m), 7.12 (2H, s), 7.05 (2H, m), 4.92 (IH, q, /6.6Hz), 4.20 (IH, d, / 8.1Hz), 4.18 (IH, br d, / 11Hz), 3.85 (IH, br d, / 11Hz), 3.55 (IH, br t, / 11Hz), 3.40(1H, br d, / 11Hz), 3.06 (IH, br d, / 11Hz), 2.76-2.58 (3H, m), 2.48 (IH, dd, / 12.2, 8.1Hz), 2.29-1.45 (11H, m), 1.35 (3H, d, /6.6Hz); m/z (ES+) 546 (M+l) and 288 (M+1-C10H8F6O).
EXAMPLE 40 (αR or 5,2R,3R,4R)-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}- tetrahydro-α-[(dimethylamino)methyl]-3-phenyl-2/7-pyran-4-methanol Hydrochloride
Prepared from (2R,3R,4R)-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}- tetrahydro-4-[(2R or 5,)-oxiranyl]-3-phenyl-2H-pyran (Description 41, Isomer A) and dimethylamine according to the method of Example 38.
1H NMR (500MHz, CDC13) δ 11.3 (IH, br s), 7.66 (IH, s), 7.24-7.26 (3H, m), 7.19 (2H, s), 7.04-7.05 (2H, m), 4.96 (IH, q, /6.6Hz), 4.26 (IH, d, / 8.4Hz), 4.18 (IH, dd, / 11.7, 3.3Hz), 3.70 (IH, br d, / 9.7Hz), 3.52 (IH, br t, / 11.8Hz), 3.09 (IH, br t, / 12.1Hz), 2.86 (IH, dd, / 11.0, 8.6Hz), 2.64 (6H, br s), 2.43 (IH, br d, / 12.3Hz), 1.89 (IH, m), 1.77 (IH, m), 1.60 (IH, br d, / 12.8Hz), 1.36 (3H, d, /6.6Hz); m/z (ES+) 506 (M+l) and 248 (M+1-C10H8F6O). EXAMPLE 41 1,1-DimethyIethyl (2R or 5)-2-[(R or S)-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-
Bis(trϊfluoromethyl)phenyI]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyI-2U-pyran-4- yl)hydrosymethyl]-l-pyrrolidinecarbosylate (Isomers A and B) .sec-Butyllithium (1.4M in hexanes, 1.6 mL, 2.24 mmol) was added slowly to a stirred, cooled (-78 °C) solution of 1,1-dimethylethyl 1-pyrrolidinecarboxylate (0.4 mL, 2.24 mmol) and NjNjN^N'-tetramethyl-l^-ethanediamine (0.3 mL, 2.02 mmol) in diethyl ether (4.5 mL). The mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 3 hours, then (2R,3R,4R)-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl- 2H-pyran-4-carboxaldehyde (WO 00/56727A1; 0.5 g, 1.12 mmol) in diethyl ether (1 mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at -78 °C for 30 minutes, then warmed to room temperature. Water (2 mL) was added slowly, then ethyl acetate (10 mL). The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with brine (5 mL). The combined aqueous layers were extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na2SO ) and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with hexane/EtOAc (85:15 increasing to 75:25), to give: 1,1-dimethylethyl (2R or S)-2-f(R or S)-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]etlιoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4- yl)hydroxymethyl]- 1-pyrrolidinecarboxylate (Isomer A; Single diastereoisomer; Stereochemistry unassigned) as a colorless oil (0.25 g, 36%); 1H NMR (500MΗz, CDC13) δ 7.67 (IH, s), 7.21 (5H, m), 7.20 (2H, s), 7.03 (2H, m), 4.95 (IH, q, /6.5Hz), 4.28 (IH, d, / 8.3Hz), 4.20 (IH, m), 3.87 (IH, m), 3.53 (IH, dt, / 1.6, 10.8Hz), 3.33 (2H, m), 3.11 (IH, m), 2.98 (IH, dd, / 8.3, 11.3Hz), 2.92 (IH, m), 2.04 (IH, m), 1.75 (3H, m), 1.60 (IH, m), 1.44 (11H, m), 1.35 (3H, d, / 6.6Hz); and 1,1-dimethylethyl (2R or S)-2-[(R orS)-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4- ylβvydroxymethylj- 1-pyrrolidinecarboxylate (Isomer B; Single diastereoisomer; Stereochemistry unassigned) as a colorless oil (0.26 g, 38%); 1H NMR (500MHz, CDCI3) δ 7.67 (IH, s), 7.21 (5H, m), 7.20 (2H, s), 7.03 (2H, m), 4.95 (IH, q, /6.5Hz), 4.28 (IH, d, /8.3Hz), 4.20 (IH, m), 4.00-2.81 (5H, m), 1.93 (2H, m), 1.70 (3H, m), 1.44 (11H, m), 1.35 (3H, d, /6.6Hz). EXAMPLE 42
(IR or S, 7aR or S)-l-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]- ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2fl'-pyran-4-yl)tetrahydro-lfl',3flr- pyrrolo[l,2-c]oxa_3ol-3-one (Isomer A)
Sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil, 15 mg, 0.36 mmol) was added to a solution of 1,1-dimethylethyl (2R or S)-2-[{R or 5)-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4- yl)hydroxymethyl]-l-pyrrolidinecarboxylate (Example 41, Isomer A; 75 mg, 0.12 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 hours. Water (2 mL) was added slowly, then ethyl acetate (10 mL). The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with brine (5 mL). The combined aqueous layers were extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na2SO ) and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with hexane/EtOAc (80:20 increasing to 60:40), to give the title compound (Single diastereoisomer; Stereochemistry unassigned) as a colorless foam (54 mg, 82%).
1H NMR (500MHz, CDC13) δ 7.67 (IH, s), 7.26 (3H, m), 7.20 (2H, s), 7.06 (2H, m), 4.95 (IH, q, / 6.5Hz), 4.28 (IH, d, / 8.3Hz), 4.20 (IH, dt, / 11.4, 3.4Hz), 3.96 (IH, t, / 3.5Hz), 3.53 (2H, m), 3.34 (IH, m), 3.06 (IH, m), 2.82 (IH, dd, / 8.3, 11.3Hz), 1.93 (2H, m), 1.78 (2H, m), 1.68 (2H, m), 1.35 (3H, d, / 6.6Hz), 1.20 (IH, m).
EXAMPLE 43
(IR or S, 7aR or 5)-l-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]- ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)tetrahydro-lJ7,32ϊ- pyrrolo[l,2-c]oxazol-3-one (Isomer B)
Prepared from (2R or S)-2-[{R or ,S)-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4- yl)hydroxymethyl]-l-pyrrolidinecarboxylate (Example 41, Isomer B) according to the method of Example 42.
1H NMR (500MHz, CDC13) δ 7.67 (IH, s), 7.30 (2H, s), 7.24 (3H, m), 7.08 (2H, m),
4.98 (IH, q, / 6.5Hz), 4.54 (IH, dd, / 6.5, 8.6Hz), 4.42 (IH, d, / 7.2Hz), 4.17 (IH, dt,
/ 11.9, 4.0Hz), 3.60 (IH, dt, / 1.6, 10.8Hz), 3.55 (IH, m), 2.95 (2H, m), 2.62 (IH, dd, 7.3, 9.5Hz), 2.14 (IH, m), 1.98 (IH, m), 1.86 (IH, m), 1.78 (IH, m), 1.52 (IH, m), 1.39 (3H, d, 76.6Hz), 1.18 (IH, m), 1.04 (IH, m).
EXAMPLE 44 {2R,3R,4R,®^- or S)-α-[(2R or S)-2-Pyrrolidinyl]-2-{(l^)-l-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2fl'-pyran-4-methanøl (Isomer B)
Lithium hydroxide (30 mg, 0.70 mmol) was added to a solution of (IR or S, 7aR or 5)- l-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}-tetrahydro-3-phenyl- 2H-pyran-4-yl)tetrahydro-lH,3H-pyrrolo[l,2-c]oxazol-3-one (Example 43, Isomer B; 76 mg, 0.14 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (1 mL), methanol (1 mL) and water (1 mL) and the mixture was stirred at 50 °C for 3 days. The mixture was cooled and water (5 mL) and ethyl acetate (10 mL) were added. The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with brine (5 mL). The combined aqueous layers were extracted with ethyl acetate (10 mL). The combined organic layers were dried (Na2SO4) and the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by preparative thin layer chromatography on silica gel, eluting with EtOAc/MeOΗ/NΗ3(Aq.) (85:15:1.5), to give the title compound (Single diastereoisomer; Stereochemistry unassigned) as a colorless oil (50 mg, 70%). 1H NMR (500MHz, CD3OD) δ 7.71 (IH, s), 7.32 (2H, s), 7.22-7.12 (5H, m), 5.00 (IH, q, /6.5Hz), 4.39 (IH, d, / 8.6Hz), 4.11 (IH, dt, 7 11.4, 3.4Hz), 3.64 (IH, dt, / 2.4, 12.0Hz), 2.98 (IH, dd, / 2.0, 8.2Hz), 2.90 (IH, q, /7.8Hz), 2.79 (2H, m), 2.70 (IH, m), 2.10 (IH, m), 1.83 (IH, m), 1.73 (IH, m), 1.63 (3H, m), 1.41 (IH, m), 1.33 (3H, d, /6.6Hz); m/z (ES+) 518 (M+l), 260 (M+l- oHgFβO).

Claims

Claims
1. A compound of the formula (I):
Figure imgf000125_0001
wherein
W represents:
Figure imgf000125_0002
Figure imgf000125_0003
Figure imgf000125_0004
R1 is hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, C1-6alkoxy, fluoroC1-6alkyl, fluoroC ealkoxy, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkylC1-4alkyl, NO2, CN, SRa, SORa, SO2Ra, CO2Ra, CONRaRb, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl or C1-4alkyl substituted by C1- alkoxy, wherein Ra and Rb each independently represent hydrogen or C^alkyl;
R2 is hydrogen, halogen, Chalky!, fluoroC1-6alkyl or ^alkoxy substituted by C1- alkoxy;
R3 is hydrogen, halogen or fluoro -ealkyl;
R4 is hydrogen, halogen, C βalkyl, C1-6alkoxy, fluoro -ealkyl, fluoroC1-6alkoxy, hydroxy, NO2, CN, SRa, SORa, SO2Ra, CO2Ra, CONRaRb, C -6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl or C1-4alkyl substituted by C1-4alkoxy, wherein R and Rb are as previously defined;
R5 is hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, fluoroC1-6alkyl or C1-6alkoxy substituted by C1-4alkoxy;
R6 represents hydrogen or a C1-4alkyl group optionally substituted by a hydroxy group;
R7 represents hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, fluoroC1-6alkyl, hydroxy, C1-6alkoxy or hydroxyC1-6alkyl;
R and R each independently represent hydrogen, halogen, C1-6alkyl, CH2ORc, oxo, CO2Ra or CONRaRb where Ra and R are as previously defined and Rc represents hydrogen, C1-6alkyl or phenyl; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof; wherein when W is
Figure imgf000126_0001
A represents an oxygen atom or a CH group;
B represents an oxygen atom or a CH2 group, with the proviso that when A is an oxygen atom, B is a CH group, and when A is a CH2 group, B is an oxygen atom; n is 1 or 2; m is 1, 2 or 3, with the proviso that the sum total of m + n is 2, 3 or 4; R10 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, C1-4alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkylC1-4alkyl, hydroxyC1- alkyl, C1-4alkoxyC1-4alkyl, C2-6alkenyl or C2-6alkynyl;
R11 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy or C1-4alkyl; or R10 and R1 may together represent an oxo (=O) group, with the proviso that the oxo group is not adjacent to the oxygen atom represented by either A or B; wherein one or both of R10 and R11 may replace one or both hydrogen atoms in the CH2 group represented by A or B; wherein when W is
Figure imgf000127_0001
R10 is hydrogen, C1-4alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3- cycloalkylC1-4alkyl, C2-4alkyl substituted by a C1-4alkoxy or hydroxyl group;
R11 is hydrogen or C1-4alkyl, C3- cycloalkyl, C3- cycloalkylC1-4alkyl, or C1-4alkyl substituted by C1-4alkoxy, hydroxyl or phenyl, wherein said phenyl group is optionally substituted by one, two or three substituents selected from C1-6alkyl, . 6alkoxy, halogen and trifluoromethyl; or R10, R11 and the nitrogen atom to which they are attached form a heteroaliphatic ring of 4 to 7 ring atoms, optionally substituted by one or two groups selected from hydroxy, CORe, CO2Re, C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by a C1-4alkoxy or hydroxyl group, or C1-4alkoxy optionally substituted by a C1-4alkoxy or hydroxyl group, which heteroaliphatic ring may optionally contain an oxygen or sulphur ring atom, a group S(O) or S(O)2 or a second nitrogen atom which will be part of a NH or NRd moiety, where Rd is C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by hydroxy or C1-4alkoxy, and where Re is hydrogen, C1-4alkyl or benzyl;
R12 represents halogen, hydroxy, C1-4alkoxy or fluoroC1-4alkoxy, or where p is 2, then two R9 groups may together represent an oxo (=O) group; m is zero, 1 or 2; n is 1, 2 or 3, with the proviso that the sum total of m + n is 2 or 3; and p is zero, 1 or 2; wherein when W is
Figure imgf000128_0001
A represents NR12 or S(O)q;
B represents NR12 or S(O)q, with the proviso that when A is S(O)q, then B is NR12, and when A is NR12, then B is S(O)q;
R10 and R11 each independently represent hydrogen, fluorine, CORe, CO2Re, C1-4alkyl optionally substituted by a C1-4alkoxy or hydroxyl group, or C1-4alkoxy optionally substituted by a C1-4alkoxy or hydroxyl group, where Re is hydrogen, methyl ethyl or benzyl; or, when they are attached to the same carbon atom, R10 and R11 may together represent =O, =CHCO R\ -O(CH2)mO-, -CH2O(CH2)p-, -CH2OCH2C(O)-, -CH2OCH2CH(OH)-, -CH2OCH2C(CH3)2-, -CH2OC(CH3)2CH2-, -C(CH3)2OCH2CH2-, -CH2C(O)OCH2-, -OC(O)CH2CH2-, -C(O)OCH2CH2-, -C(O)OC(CH3)2CH2-, -C(O)OCH2C(CH3)2-, -OCH2(CH2)p-, -OC(CH3)2CH2CH2-, -OCH2C(CH3)2CH2-, -OCH2CH2C(CH3)2-, -OCH2CH=CHCH2-, -OCH2CH(OH)CH2CH2-, -OCH2CH2CH(OH)CH2-, -OCH2C(O)CH2CH2-, -OCH2CH2C(O)CH2-, or a group of the formula
Figure imgf000128_0002
where Ra is as previously defined, or, where they are attached to adjacent carbon atoms, R10 and Rπ may together represent -OCH2CH2- or -OCH2CH(OH)-, or R10 and R11 may together form a fused benzene ring; or, R10 and R11 together form a C1-2alkylene bridge across the pyrrolidine, piperidine, morpholine or piperazine ring to which they are attached; R12 represents hydrogen, benzyl, C1- alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkylC1- alkyl, COC1-6alkyl, CO2C1-6alkyl or C2- alkyl substituted by a C1-4alkoxy or hydroxyl group;
R13 represents hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, C1- alkyl, hydroxyC1-4alkyl or fluoroC1- alkyl; m is 1 or 2; p is 1, 2 or 3; and q is zero, 1 or 2; wherein when W is
Figure imgf000129_0001
R , 10 represents halogen, hydroxy, C1- alkoxy or fluoroC1- alkoxy, or where p is 2, then two R10 groups may together represent an oxo (=O) group;
R11 represents hydrogen, benzyl, C1-4alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkylC1-4alkyl, or C2-4alkyl substituted by a C1-4alkoxy or hydroxyl group; m is zero, 1 or 2; n is zero or 1, with the proviso that the sum total of m + n is 1, 2 or 3, and with the further proviso that when m is 2 then n is 1; and p is zero, 1 or 2; wherein when W is
Figure imgf000129_0002
X represents -CHF-, -CF2-, -CH(OH)- or -CH(OC1-4alkyl)-; Y represents -NR13R14 or a group selected from:
Figure imgf000130_0001
Z represents O, S, SO, SO or NR12;
R10 represents hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, C1-4alkoxy or fluoroC1- alkoxy;
R11 represents hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, C1- alkoxy or fluoroC1-4alkoxy; or R10 and R11 together represent an oxo (=O) group;
R12 represents C1-6alkyl, COC1-6alkyl, CO2C1-6alkyl;
R13 and R14 each independently represent hydrogen, C1-6alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl or fluoroC1-6alkyl, wherein said alkyl or cycloalkyl groups are optionally substituted with a group selected from hydroxy, C1-4alkoxy, -NHCOC1-4alkyl or -NHCO2C1-4alkyl; m is 1 or 2; n is 1 or 2; and p is 1 or 2; wherein when W is
Figure imgf000130_0002
X represents -CHR13-, -CF2- or -C(=O)-;
R10 represents halogen, hydroxy, C1-4alkoxy or fluoroC1-4alkoxy, or where p is 2, then two R10 groups may together represent an oxo (=O) group;
R11 represents hydrogen, benzyl, C1-6alkyl, C3-7cycloalkyl, C3-7cycloalkylC1-4alkyl, COC1-6alkyl, CO2C1-6alkyl or C2- alkyl substituted by a C1- alkoxy or hydroxyl group;
R represents hydrogen, fluorine, hydroxy, C1-4alkoxy, or R is linked to R
1 1 1 such that there is formed a ring, the linkage -R -R - being selected from: (a) -OC(O)-,
(b) -OS(O)2-,
(c) — ZCH2CH2-,
(d) — CH CH CH - ,
(e) -ZCH2C(O)-,
( ) -ZCH2CH2C(O ,
(g) -ZC(O)CH2-,
(h) -ZC(O)CH2CH2-, and
(i) -ZCH2C(O)CH2-; wherein Z represents O, NH or N(C1-6alkyl); m is 1 or 2; and p is zero, 1 or 2; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
2. A compound as claimed in Claim 1 of the formula (la)
Figure imgf000131_0001
wherein A, B, R , R , m and n are as hereinbefore defined as for when W is
Figure imgf000131_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
3. A compound as claimed in Claim 2 of the formula (Iaa)
Figure imgf000132_0001
wherein
A1 is fluorine or CF3;
A2 is fluorine or CF3;
A is hydrogen or fluorine;
A4 is hydrogen, fluorine or bromine;
A is methyl or hydroxymethyl; and
A, B, R10 and Rπ are as defined in Claim 2; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
A compound as claimed in Claim 2 of the formula (lab)
Figure imgf000132_0002
wherein
X represents CHOH or C=O;
R1 is fluorine or trifluoromethyl;
R is fluorine or trifluoromethyl;
R is methyl or hydroxymethyl;
R4 is hydrogen or fluorine; and
R5 is hydrogen or fluorine; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
5. A compound as claimed in Claim 4 of the formula (laba)
Figure imgf000133_0001
wherein
A1 is hydrogen or fluorine; and
A2 is hydrogen or fluorine; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
6. A compound as claimed in Claim 1 selected from: (4RS')-8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)ρhenyl)ethoxy]-3-phenyl- tetrahydropyran-4-yl] methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5] decan-4-ol ; (4S)-8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4-ol; (4R)-8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4-ol; (4RS)-8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(3,4- difluorophenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4-ol; 8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)tetraliydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane; 8-[(2R,35,45)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3- phenyl(tetrahydropyran-4-yl)]methyl-l,l-dimethyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane; 8-[(2R,31S,41S)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3- phenyl(tetrahydropyran-4-yl)]methyl-2,2-dimethyl-l-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane; 8-[(2R,35,45)-2-[( IR)- 1 -(3 ,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-phenyl- tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-l-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane; 8-[(2R,35,45)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-phenyl- tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane; 8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-phenyl- tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane; 8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-phenyl- tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2,2-dimethyl-l-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane; 8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-phenyl- tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-l-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane; 8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-phenyl- tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-l,l-dimethyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decane; 8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)ρhenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4-one; (4RlS)-8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-4-methyl-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4- ol;
(4R)-8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(3-bromo-4- fluorophenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4-ol; (4R5)-8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-(4- fluorophenyl)telrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-2-oxa-4-ethynyl-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-4- ol; (85)-2-[((2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy]-3- phenyltetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)methyl]-6-oxa-2-azaspiro[3.4]octan-8-ol;
(8R)-2-[((2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy]-3- phenyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)methyl]-6-oxa-2-azaspiro[3.4]octan-8-ol;
(4R5)-8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3- phenyltetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-l-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decan-4-ol;
(4RlS)-8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)ρhenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-3,3-dimethyl-2-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decan- 4-ol;
(4R*)-8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)ρhenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluorophenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-yl]methyl-l-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decan-4-ol;
(45*)-8-[(2R,3R,4R)-2-[(lR)-l-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)ethoxy]-3-(4- fluoroρhenyl)tetrahydropyran-4-yl] methyl- 1 -oxa-8-azaspiro [4.5] decan-4-ol ;
(4R)-8-[((2R,3R,4R)-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}-3- phenyltetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)methyl]-4-methoxy-2-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane;
(4R)-8-[((2R,3R,4R)-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}-3-(4- fluorophenyl)tetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)methyl]-4-methoxy-2-oxa-8- azaspiro[4.5]decane;
8-[((2R,3R,4R)-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}-3- phenyltetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)methyl] - 1 -oxa-8-azaspiro [4.5] decan-3 -ol ; 8-[((2R,3R,4R)-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}-3- phenyltetrahydro-2H-pyran-4-yl)methyl]-l-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decan-3-one;
(2R or S,5R or 5)-5-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}- tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)tetrahydro-N-(phenylmethyl)-2- furanmethanamine;
{2S or R,5R or 5)-5-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}- tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)tetrahydro-N-(phenylmethyl)-2- furanmethan amine;
(2R or <S,5R or 5)-5-((2R,3R,4R)-{(li?)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}- tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)tetrahydro-2-furanmethanamine; (25 or R,5R or 5)-5-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}- tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)-N,N-diethyltetrahydro-2-furanmethanamine; (3R or 5)-3-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lJR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro- 3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)thiomorpholine; and
(35 or R)-3-((2R,3R,4R)-{(li?)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro- 3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)thiomorpholine;
(25)-2-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)ρhenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3- phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)-l-methylazetidine;
(2R)-2-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)ρhenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3- phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)-l-mβthylazetidine;
4-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl- 2H-pyran-4-yl)piperidin-4-ol;
4-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)ρhenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl- 2H-pyran-4-yl)-l-cyclopropylpiperidin-4-ol; and
4-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)ρhenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl- 2H-pyran-4-yl)- 1 -( 1 -methylethyl)piperidin-4-ol ;
(αR or S)-α-((2R,3R,4R)- { ( IR)- 1 -[3 ,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy } tetrahydro- 3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)-l-piperidineethanol;
{aS or R)-α-((2R,3R,4R)-{ (lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy jtetrahydro- 3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)-l-piperidineethanol; and
(αR or 5,2R,3R,4R)-2-{ (lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy }tetrahydro-α- [(dimethylamino)methyl]-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-methanol; 1,1-dimethylethyl (2R or S)-2-[{R or 5)-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4- yl)hydroxymethyl]-l-pyrrolidinecarboxylate;
(IR or S, 7aR or .S)-l-((2R,3R,4R)-{(lR)-l-[3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]- ethoxy } tetrahydro-3 -phenyl-2H-pyran-4-yl)tetrahydro- lH,3H-pyrrolo [ 1 ,2-c] oxazol-3- one; and
(2R,3R,4R,αR or 5)-α-[(2R or 5)-2-pyrrolidinyl]-2-{(lR)-l-[3,5- bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]ethoxy}tetrahydro-3-phenyl-2H-pyran-4-methanol; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
8. A compound as claimed in any one of Claims 1 to 7 for use in therapy. - oo -
9. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound as claimed in any one of Claims 1 to 7, together with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or excipient.
10. A method for the treatment or prevention of physiological disorders associated with an excess of tachykinins, which method comprises administration to a patient in need thereof of a tachykinin reducing amount of a compound according to Claim 1.
11. A method for the treatment or prevention of pain or inflammation, migraine, emesis, postherpetic neuralgia, depression or anxiety, which method comprises administration to a patient in need thereof of a therapeutically effective amount of a compound according to Claim 1.
12. Use of a compound as claimed in any one of Claims 1 to 7 for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of physiological disorders associated with an excess of tachykinins.
13. Use of a compound as claimed in any one of Claims 1 to 7 for the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of pain or inflammation, migraine, emesis, postherpetic neuralgia, depression or anxiety.
14. A process for the preparation of a compound as claimed in any one of Claims 1 to 7.
PCT/GB2004/000918 2003-03-07 2004-03-04 Tetrahydropyran compounds as tachykinin antagonists WO2004078750A1 (en)

Priority Applications (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2004218228A AU2004218228A1 (en) 2003-03-07 2004-03-04 Tetrahydropyran compounds as tachykinin antagonists
US10/548,678 US7393858B2 (en) 2003-03-07 2004-03-04 Tetrahydropyran compounds as tachykinin antagonists
EP04717163A EP1603901B1 (en) 2003-03-07 2004-03-04 Tetrahydropyran compounds as tachykinin antagonists
DE602004017141T DE602004017141D1 (en) 2003-03-07 2004-03-04 TETRAHYDROPYRANE COMPOUNDS AS TACHYKININ ANTAGONISTS
CA002517422A CA2517422A1 (en) 2003-03-07 2004-03-04 Tetrahydropyran compounds as tachykinin antagonists
JP2006505915A JP2006519822A (en) 2003-03-07 2004-03-04 Tetrahydropyran compounds as tachykinin antagonists

Applications Claiming Priority (14)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
GB0305283A GB0305283D0 (en) 2003-03-07 2003-03-07 Therapeutic agents
GB0305279A GB0305279D0 (en) 2003-03-07 2003-03-07 Therapeutic agents
GB0305281A GB0305281D0 (en) 2003-03-07 2003-03-07 Therapeutic agents
GB0305280A GB0305280D0 (en) 2003-03-07 2003-03-07 Therapeutic agents
GB0305281.8 2003-03-07
GB0305282.6 2003-03-07
GB0305283.4 2003-03-07
GB0305280.0 2003-03-07
GB0305282A GB0305282D0 (en) 2003-03-07 2003-03-07 Therapeutic agents
GB0305279.2 2003-03-07
GB0305823.7 2003-03-13
GB0305822A GB0305822D0 (en) 2003-03-13 2003-03-13 Therapeutic agents
GB0305823A GB0305823D0 (en) 2003-03-13 2003-03-13 Therapeutic agents
GB0305822.9 2003-03-13

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2004078750A1 true WO2004078750A1 (en) 2004-09-16

Family

ID=32966887

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/GB2004/000918 WO2004078750A1 (en) 2003-03-07 2004-03-04 Tetrahydropyran compounds as tachykinin antagonists

Country Status (8)

Country Link
US (1) US7393858B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1603901B1 (en)
JP (1) JP2006519822A (en)
AT (1) ATE411311T1 (en)
AU (1) AU2004218228A1 (en)
CA (1) CA2517422A1 (en)
DE (1) DE602004017141D1 (en)
WO (1) WO2004078750A1 (en)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7393858B2 (en) 2003-03-07 2008-07-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Ltd. Tetrahydropyran compounds as tachykinin antagonists
WO2015107495A1 (en) 2014-01-17 2015-07-23 Novartis Ag N-azaspirocycloalkane substituted n-heteroaryl compounds and compositions for inhibiting the activity of shp2
WO2016203405A1 (en) 2015-06-19 2016-12-22 Novartis Ag Compounds and compositions for inhibiting the activity of shp2
WO2016203406A1 (en) 2015-06-19 2016-12-22 Novartis Ag Compounds and compositions for inhibiting the activity of shp2
CN112250611A (en) * 2020-11-27 2021-01-22 济南大学 Synthesis method of-2- (2, 5-difluorophenyl) pyrrolidine hydrochloride

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5396918B2 (en) * 2008-03-14 2014-01-22 Jsr株式会社 Carbonate group-containing compound and method for producing the same (co) polymer
DK2698459T3 (en) * 2011-04-11 2021-10-18 Nippon Filcon Kk Two-layer fabric for the production of nonwovens
WO2019094631A1 (en) * 2017-11-08 2019-05-16 Washington University Compounds and methods for treating bacterial infections

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2000056727A1 (en) * 1999-03-19 2000-09-28 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Tetrahydropyran derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
WO2002016344A1 (en) * 2000-08-22 2002-02-28 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Tetrahydropyran derivatives as nk-1 receptor antagonists

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
GB0121874D0 (en) * 2001-09-10 2001-10-31 Merck Sharp & Dohme Therapeutic agents
GB0217068D0 (en) * 2002-07-23 2002-08-28 Merck Sharp & Dohme Therapeutic agents
CA2517422A1 (en) 2003-03-07 2004-09-16 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Tetrahydropyran compounds as tachykinin antagonists

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2000056727A1 (en) * 1999-03-19 2000-09-28 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Tetrahydropyran derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
WO2000056728A1 (en) * 1999-03-19 2000-09-28 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Tetrahydropyran derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
WO2002016344A1 (en) * 2000-08-22 2002-02-28 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Tetrahydropyran derivatives as nk-1 receptor antagonists
WO2002016343A1 (en) * 2000-08-22 2002-02-28 Merck Sharp & Dohme Limited Tetrahydropyran derivatives as nk-1 receptor antagonists

Cited By (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7393858B2 (en) 2003-03-07 2008-07-01 Merck Sharp & Dohme Ltd. Tetrahydropyran compounds as tachykinin antagonists
WO2015107495A1 (en) 2014-01-17 2015-07-23 Novartis Ag N-azaspirocycloalkane substituted n-heteroaryl compounds and compositions for inhibiting the activity of shp2
US11952386B2 (en) 2014-01-17 2024-04-09 Novartis Ag N-azaspirocycloalkane substituted N-heteroaryl compounds and compositions for inhibiting the activity of SHP2
WO2016203405A1 (en) 2015-06-19 2016-12-22 Novartis Ag Compounds and compositions for inhibiting the activity of shp2
WO2016203406A1 (en) 2015-06-19 2016-12-22 Novartis Ag Compounds and compositions for inhibiting the activity of shp2
CN112250611A (en) * 2020-11-27 2021-01-22 济南大学 Synthesis method of-2- (2, 5-difluorophenyl) pyrrolidine hydrochloride

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2006519822A (en) 2006-08-31
AU2004218228A1 (en) 2004-09-16
EP1603901B1 (en) 2008-10-15
US7393858B2 (en) 2008-07-01
DE602004017141D1 (en) 2008-11-27
ATE411311T1 (en) 2008-10-15
EP1603901A1 (en) 2005-12-14
CA2517422A1 (en) 2004-09-16
US20060172999A1 (en) 2006-08-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US5728695A (en) Spiroketal derivatives, compositions containing them and their use as therapeutic agents
US20200108054A1 (en) Substituted benzamides and methods of use thereof
AU722541B2 (en) Spiro-piperidine derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
US6458830B1 (en) Tetrahydropyran derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
JP6986972B2 (en) Substituted 4-benzyl and 4-benzoylpiperidin derivatives
US20230145336A1 (en) Braf degraders
AU2015307873B2 (en) Heterobicyclic compounds and their use for the treatment of tuberculosis
EP1603901A1 (en) Tetrahydropyran compounds as tachykinin antagonists
EP0323864A2 (en) Lipophilic oxadiazoles
CN117616030A (en) Orexin receptor agonists and uses thereof
EP0880528B1 (en) Spiro-ketal derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
EP1527062A1 (en) Tetrahydropyran derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
US6479486B2 (en) Azabicyclic spiroether derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
MXPA04002295A (en) Tetrahydropyran derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents.
US20040063974A1 (en) Tetrahydropyran derivatives as neurokinin receptor antagonists
OA18228A (en) Heterobicyclic compounds and their use for the treatment of tuberculosis.
MXPA01009408A (en) Tetrahydropyran derivatives and their use as therapeutic agents
AU2002217349A1 (en) Tetrahydropyran derivatives as neurokinin receptor antagonists

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): BW GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2004717163

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2004218228

Country of ref document: AU

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2004218228

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20040304

Kind code of ref document: A

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2004218228

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2517422

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006505915

Country of ref document: JP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2006172999

Country of ref document: US

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 10548678

Country of ref document: US

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 4490/DELNP/2005

Country of ref document: IN

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2004717163

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 10548678

Country of ref document: US